TopPodcast.com
Menu
  • Home
  • Top Charts
  • Top Networks
  • Top Apps
  • Top Independents
  • Top Podfluencers
  • Top Picks
    • Top Business Podcasts
    • Top True Crime Podcasts
    • Top Finance Podcasts
    • Top Comedy Podcasts
    • Top Music Podcasts
    • Top Womens Podcasts
    • Top Kids Podcasts
    • Top Sports Podcasts
    • Top News Podcasts
    • Top Tech Podcasts
    • Top Crypto Podcasts
    • Top Entrepreneurial Podcasts
    • Top Fantasy Sports Podcasts
    • Top Political Podcasts
    • Top Science Podcasts
    • Top Self Help Podcasts
    • Top Sports Betting Podcasts
    • Top Stocks Podcasts
  • Podcast News
  • About Us
  • Podcast Advertising
  • Contact
Not in our directory?
Add Show Here
Podcast Equipment
Center

toppodcastlogoOur TOPPODCAST Picks

  • Comedy
  • Crypto
  • Sports
  • News
  • Politics
  • True Crime
  • Business
  • Finance

Follow Us

toppodcastlogoStay Connected

    View Top 200 Chart
    Back to Rankings Page
    Business

    Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast | Podcasting, Marketing, Psychology

    What separates today’s top podcasts from the ones that go unnoticed? Spoiler alert: It’s not high-quality audio, great content, or “staying consistent.” (If that were enough, then every host with a $100+ mic who gives their best stuff away for free would be ranking in the Top 100 every week. And we both know that’s not how it works.)

     

    Here on the show, we’re breaking down over 15,000 hours of study into what today’s top podcasts are doing differently to reveal the exact strategies you need to launch and grow a profitable podcast that listeners can’t ignore.

     

    So, if you’re an established coach, consultant, or service-based business owner who wants a bingeworthy Top 100 podcast that dominates the charts on Apple and Spotify, positions you as the go-to expert in your niche, and drives real business growth — you’ve come to the right place.

     

    As a Forbes-featured Top 1% podcast educator dubbed “The Podcast Whisperer” by CEO Weekly, Courtney Elmer is known as the leading authority on the psychology behind what makes podcasts succeed (or fail).

    By applying the science of human behavior and psychology to podcasting, Courtney and her team have helped more than seventy six- and seven-figure business owners and experts launch and grow Top 100 podcasts that turn listeners into clients.

     

    So, if you’re ready to launch a successful podcast that actually gets noticed…

    Or if your existing podcast is stuck in “less-than-200-downloads-per-episode-jail” no matter how consistently you publish…

     

    Or if you’re tired of searching Google and listening to other podcasts that preach worn-out, outdated podcasting advice like “podcasting is a long game” or “keep showing up”…

     

    And you’re ready to learn the exact strategies you need to get listeners choosing your podcast over the competition, turn those listeners into loyal clients, and use your voice to create meaningful change in the world…

    Hit play and let’s dive in.

    Guests Include: Jordan Harbinger, John Lee Dumas, Alex Sanfilippo, Seth Silvers, Kelly Mosser, Adam Adams, Grant Baldwin, Josh Elledge, Deirdre Tshien, Gay Hendricks, Hal Elrod, Brandon Lucero, James Wedmore, Kate Northrup, Stacy Tuschl, Katherine Beck, Jennifer Kem, Sara Wiles, Kate Erickson, and more.

    Popular Episode Topics Include: Starting a Podcast, Growing a Podcast, Increasing Listener Engagement, Creating Bingeworthy Podcast Content, Podcasting for Business, Podcasting for Profit, Ranking Your Podcast in The Top 100, Podcast Launch Strategy, Podcast Monetization Strategies, Podcast Messaging, Podcast Positioning, Podcast Audience Growth

    Advertise

    Copyright: © 2024 PodLaunch®

    • Apple Podcasts
    • Google Play
    • Spotify
    Latest Episodes:
    Exactly What to Say to Get Your Podcast Guests to Share Their Episode | Kelly Mosser Oct 31, 2024

    Ever had a guest on your podcast with a big audience, and you’re stoked for them to share the episode to help grow your show — only for them to do NOTHING once it airs?! (Hint: it’s not because they’re lazy or forgetful.) In this episode, podcast guesting expert Kelly Mosser explains the surprising reason most podcast guests don’t share their episode, and what’s REALLY going through their mind before, during, and after the interview (and why this matters more than you think).

    We’re sharing four strategies you can use right away to make your podcast guests feel comfortable and confident on air, and what to say BEFORE you hit record so that they give you their best content. Plus, we’ll talk about how to stop your guest from rambling (without making it awkward), and what you can do after the interview to make sure they’re hyped to promote the episode — even if it airs weeks later.

    So if you want to build stronger relationships with your podcast guests and turn them into advocates for your show, this one’s for you. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    1:21 - What’s REALLY Going Through Your Guest’s Mind Before the Interview

    4:53 - The Top Reason Your Podcast Guests Aren't Sharing Their Episode

    10:57 - The Most Effective Way to Prep Your Podcast Guests Before Their Interview

    12:41 - What to Say BEFORE You Hit Record So That Your Guest Gives You Their Best Content

    17:44 - Do This to Keep Your Guests From Rambling (and Keep the Conversation Flowing)


    Episode Links:

    • Free Masterclass: The Profitable Podcast Tour
    • Check out Kelly’s Podcast: Aligned Success
    • Connect with Kelly: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This)


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Guesting on Podcasts Won’t Grow Your Show (Unless You Do This) | Kelly Mosser Oct 30, 2024

    You’ve probably heard that podcast guesting is a great way to grow your audience — until you try it and end up with the same size audience you had before (and zero ROI to show for it). You’re not the only one. That’s why I invited Hell Yes Media founder and podcast guesting expert Kelly Mosser to break down why your guest appearances aren’t converting into the followers or clients you were counting on — and how to fix it.

    In this episode, we’re diving into why most guest interviews won’t actually yield an ROI (especially on the big shows), the biggest mistakes people make when using podcast guesting to grow and get seen, and the magic formula for framing your CTAs so every appearance you do actually translates into audience growth.

    So if you're ready to stop wasting time being interviewed on podcasts that don’t convert and start turning every guest spot into more listeners and leads for your business, hit play and let's dive in.

    0:02 - Why Podcast Guesting Isn’t Growing Your Audience

    1:45 - The Mistake That’s Costing You Leads Before the Interview Even Starts

    6:15 - How to Nail Your Message So Your Guest Appearances Actually Convert

    13:13 - Why Your Call to Action Isn’t Working (And How to Fix It)

    17:05 - Why a Podcast Tour Delivers Better Results than Ongoing Guesting


    Episode Links:

    • The Profitable Podcast Tour
    • Check out Kelly’s Podcast: Aligned Success
    • Connect with Kelly: Website | Instagram | LinkedIn


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • The Real Reason Most Guests Don’t Share Their Episode (and How to Fix It)


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U


    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Creating a Podcast That Attracts New Clients Every Month | Flora McCormick Oct 24, 2024

    Thinking about launching a podcast or struggling to grow the one you’ve got? You’re going to LOVE listening in on this conversation with fellow podcast host Flora McCormick. We’re unpacking how her transition away from social media marketing to a strategically-positioned podcast helped her launch a show that’s currently growing five times faster than the average podcast — and attracts new clients to her business every month from around the world.

    Whether you're new to podcasting or an established business owner who wants to drive business growth through your podcast, you’ll walk away with insights on how to measure your show's success, see where you stack up against the competition, and position yourself as the go-to expert in an increasingly crowded podcast landscape. So if you're ready to connect with more clients and make a bigger impact with your podcast, hit play and let's dive in.

    0:02 - How Flora’s Show Hit the Top 20 In Its Category

    1:22 - Why Your Podcast Listeners Are More Likely to Become Clients

    4:15 - How to Expand Your Audience Beyond Word-of-Mouth Referrals

    6:21 - The Simple Strategy to 5X Your Podcast Growth

    10:00 - How a Repeatable System Makes Podcasting Sustainable


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Flora McCormick’s podcast: Sustainable Parenting


    Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

    • 5 Ways to Get Your Podcast on the Top Charts


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Types of Podcasting Advice You Can Totally Ignore Oct 23, 2024

    Unfortunately, there’s a lot of terrible advice floating around about how to start and grow a podcast. Some of it’s outdated, and some of it was never even true to begin with. Yet, it keeps getting repeated like gospel, leading too many hosts down the wrong path — and causing many of them to quit by episode six.

    In this episode, we’re calling out three common pieces of podcasting advice that aren’t actually helping you. From the myth that consistency alone will grow your show to why great content isn’t enough anymore, we’ll unpack what you really need to know to launch and grow a top podcast that turns listeners into clients.

    So if you’ve been following all the “rules” but still aren’t seeing the growth you hoped for, it’s time to switch up your strategy. Want to know what really works to create a show that attracts and converts new listeners every day? Hit play and let's dive in.

    1:09 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast

    4:38 - Is Your Podcast Blending In? Here’s How to Tell

    9:49 - How Consistency Shapes Listener Habits

    12:33 - Why Great Content Isn’t Enough

    18:12 - What Really Drives Your Podcast’s Revenue


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (And How to Fix It)


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Which Podcast Ad Strategies are Right For Your Show? | Mike Wiston Oct 17, 2024

    Podcast ads can be powerful for growing your show, but success isn't just about picking any ad strategy and throwing money at it. You need to be intentional: understand the different podcast ad types, know how to target the right audience, track your results, and refine your approach based on what’s working.

    In this episode, I’m back with Mike Wiston from MowPod to dive into the tactical side of using paid ads to grow your podcast. Mike breaks down the different types of podcast ads and explains why not all ads are created equal when it comes to listener growth, to help you decide which ads are right for your show.

    So if you want to make your podcast ads count and learn which ad strategies can help you reach more listeners, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:01 - Why Podcast Ads Are Not One Size Fits All

    4:10 - Podcast Ad Fatigue and What It Means for Your Strategy

    7:10 - Choosing the Right Ad Targeting to Reach More Listeners

    11:15 - How to Track Retention and Tell If Your Ads Are Working

    15:45 - Why Your Ads Aren’t Converting and How to Fix It


    Episode Links:

    • Want to save on your next MowPod ad campaign? Use our discount link


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • The Biggest Mistakes Podcasters Make with Paid Ads


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Biggest Mistakes Podcasters Make with Paid Ads | Mike Wiston Oct 16, 2024

    Wondering if paid ads are the right move to grow your podcast, or if they’re a waste of your time and money? In this episode, I'm joined by Mike Wiston, co-founder of MowPod, to dive deep into the right (and wrong) ways to use paid ads to grow your show.

    We tackle why jumping into paid ads too soon can lead to wasted dollars and disappointing results, and how building a solid organic growth engine is the key to making your ad dollars count. Mike also shares insights on understanding your metrics, avoiding costly mistakes, and creating a listener-centric community that drives genuine engagement.

    So if you’re wondering when it’s the right time to invest in ads or how to turn paid traffic into a loyal podcast audience, hit play and let's dive in.

    0:26 - Why Running Podcast Ads Too Soon Is a Waste of Money

    2:05 - Know These Metrics Before You Spend on Podcast Ads

    4:54 - How to Tell When Your Show is Ready for Paid Growth

    8:34 - Why a Listener-Centric Show Equals a Higher Podcast Ad ROI

    10:42 - The Ethics of Running Ads for Your Podcast


    Episode Links:

    • Want to save on your next MowPod ad campaign? Use our discount link


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • How to Know Which Paid Ad Strategies are Right For Your Show


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | Should You Script Your Podcast Episodes? Oct 10, 2024

    Should you script your podcast episodes, or is it better to outline? It’s a valid question, and the answer ultimately depends on what’s more important to you: converting your listeners to leads and clients, or simply sounding polished and professional.
    In this episode, we’re diving into the pros and cons of scripting vs. outlining so you can decide which approach is better — not just for you, but for your listeners. We’ll also look at why building real influence as a podcast host has less to do with your script or outline, and everything to do with how you deliver it.
    So if you want to create deeper connections that lead to raving fans who can't help but share your episodes, hit play and let’s dive in.
    0:03 - Scripting vs. Outlining — Which is Better?

    4:15 - Why Building Influence Is Not What You Say But How You Say It

    10:30 - Why Engagement Alone Won’t Drive Sales

    12:44 - The Secret to Staying Motivated as a Podcast Host

    17:37 - How to Structure Episodes That Reflect Your Real Personality

    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework
    • BTS: Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session

    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Psychology Behind Bingeworthy Episode Titles Oct 09, 2024

    Ever notice how some podcasts make you drop everything to hit play while you scroll right past others without giving them a second thought? In this episode, I’m diving into the psychology behind why this happens — and why bingeworthy episode titles are the crucial trigger to getting new listeners to actually press play on your podcast.

    Listen now to learn what makes an episode title impossible to ignore, why using AI for your titles is doing more harm than good, and how to craft episode titles that get the click. Because here’s the thing: no matter how great your content is, if your titles aren’t convincing people that your show is worth their time, they’re never going to hit play.

    So if you're ready to break out of less-than-1000-downloads-per-episode jail and start getting the plays, audience growth, and traction your podcast deserves, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:34 - Why Some Episode Titles Get Ignored

    4:55 - Common Episode Title Mistakes You Might Be Making

    6:03 - Why Using AI to Write Your Podcast Titles Could Be Costing You Listeners

    12:36 - The 5 Content Gatekeepers™ That Determine If Listeners Hit Play (or Not)

    15:51 - How to Make Your Episode Titles Hyper-Relevant and Get the Click

    18:15 - Do’s and Don’ts for Crafting Bingeworthy Episode Titles


    Episode Links:

    • Grab Your Bingeworthy Episode Title Cheat Sheet


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Train Your Podcasting AI to Sound Like You | Michael Katz Oct 03, 2024

    AI can be a game-changer for scaling your podcast, but it’s only going to work if you take the time to dial in your core message and train the AI to reflect your voice.

    In this episode, AI expert Michael Katz returns to show you how to train AI to reflect your voice — not churn out the same generic content everyone else is creating. You’ll learn how to use podcasting AI to streamline your content creation without losing the unique tone and personality that makes your show stand out. So if you’re ready to harness AI to save time, reach more people, and keep your voice front and center, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - How to Stop AI from Making You Sound Generic

    1:56 - What Does Quality Really Mean in AI?

    4:18 - Your Voice: The Catalyst for Meaningful Impact

    7:10 - How to Train Your AI to Sound Like You

    9:31 - Practical Tips for Keeping Your Voice *Your Voice* While Using AI


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Michael Katz
    • Check out Flowsend.ai (use code 'COURTNEY20' to get 20% off a monthly or annual plan)


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Could AI Be Hurting Your Credibility as a Podcaster? | Michael Katz Oct 02, 2024

    Think AI is making your podcast sound smarter? Think again. In this episode, Michael Katz joins us in the studio — a former AI skeptic turned founder of a different kind of AI company — to talk about why leaning too hard on AI could be doing more harm than good for your brand.

    We’re unpacking the common mistakes podcasters make when they let AI take over their content, the ethical concerns of sounding like everyone else, and what it really takes to use AI without losing your unique voice.

    So if you’re someone who wants to use AI to save time, but you also don’t want to run the risk of devaluing your brand with generic AI outputs, this episode is for you. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Is Podcasting AI Helping or Hurting Your Show?

    1:34 - The Biggest Mistake Podcasters Make with AI

    5:00 - Spotting AI-Generated Content (It’s Easier Than You Think)

    8:50 - How AI Could Be Quietly Damaging Your Credibility (and How to Avoid It)

    14:14 - Using Podcasting AI Without Losing Your Authentic Voice


    Episode Links

    • Sign up for a free trial at Flowsend.ai (or use code 'COURTNEY20' to get 20% off a monthly or annual plan)
    • Connect with Michael Katz


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Make a Bold Comeback After Hitting Pause on Your Podcast Sep 26, 2024

    Wondering how to make a bold comeback after hitting pause on your podcast? In this episode, we're breaking down what to do when there's been a shift in your podcast — like a business pivot, a change in audience, change in topic, change in leadership of the show (i.e., you lost a co-host), or if you simply had to pause your show for whatever reason and you want to bring it back, but you aren't sure the best way to do it.

    Should you start fresh with a new podcast? Should you keep the old feed and just rebrand it? And most importantly, how do you win back your audience? In this episode, I’m answering all these questions and more. So if you’re ready to relaunch with purpose, reconnect with your audience, and regain the momentum you’ve lost, hit play and let's dive in.

    0:02 - Hit Pause On Your Podcast? Here’s How to Come Back Strong

    2:45 - Is It Better to Keep Your Current Feed or Start a Brand New Show?

    8:48 - How to Relaunch and Win Back Your Audience

    10:53 - When a New Podcast Feed Actually Makes Sense

    18:59 - How to Relaunch a Dormant Podcast the Right Way


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • 4 Signs It's Time to Rebrand Your Podcast


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Right & Wrong Way to Take a Break From Your Podcast Sep 25, 2024

    We're diving into a rather taboo topic in the podcasting world: taking a break from your podcast. *Gasp!* Yup, we're going there. I’m showing you how to take a real break without losing your listeners and without anyone ever realizing you’re on hiatus (or sipping a marg on a sunny beach somewhere — who said anyone has to know?).

    Whether you need a 90-day breather or a longer pause, I’ll break down the steps to stay top-of-mind with your audience while you take the time you need, without risking breaking listener trust or having to batch months of content in advance.

    So if you’re wondering what to do when you need to step away from the mic but don’t want to lose the traction you’ve already worked so hard to build, hit play and let's dive in.

    0:17 - How to Hit Pause Without Anyone Noticing
    1:23 - Why Batching Isn’t Always the Answer
    9:02 - How to Keep Your Audience Engaged Without Creating More
    16:24 - How to Take a Longer Break Without Losing Listeners
    18:50 - Is a Seasonal Format Right for Your Podcast?
    17:01 - Think Netflix, But for Podcasting


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • How to Make a Bold Comeback After Pausing Your Podcast


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Are Podcast Sponsorships Worth the Effort for Small Shows? | Joe Casabona Sep 19, 2024

    Many podcasters think, "If I want to make money, I need sponsors." But if you’re a business owner who podcasts, you’ve likely wondered, "Should I have sponsors if I’m already promoting my own stuff?" Here’s the thing: not all podcast sponsorships are created equal. While the right sponsor can help cover production costs and bring in extra revenue, the wrong one can undermine the trust you've worked hard to build with your listeners.

    In this episode, we’re clearing up the confusion. Whether you’re getting 100 downloads an episode or 10,000+, podcast sponsorship coach Joe Casabona is here to show you how to get podcast sponsors without sacrificing listener trust. You’ll learn how to find sponsors that truly align with your audience, craft pitches that make brands say “yes,” and price your sponsorship packages like a pro.

    (Grab a pen, you’ll want to take notes.) Ready? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:25 - Why Podcast Sponsorships Might Be Worth It (or Not)
    5:29 - The Proven Formula for Finding the Right Podcast Sponsors
    8:38 - How to Craft a Winning Podcast Sponsorship Proposal
    11:24 - Pricing Your Podcast Sponsorships the Right Way
    16:08 - The First Steps to Landing Your First (or Your Dream) Podcast Sponsors


    Episode Links:

    • Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners
    • Check out Joe Casabona’s podcast: The Streamlined Solopreneur


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal This Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half | Joe Casabona Sep 18, 2024

    You’ve probably heard all about how to save time editing, uploading, and promoting — but the real time-suck for most podcasters? Planning the dang episode before you even hit record! But what if you could cut your episode prep time in half, reclaim that mental energy, and never stare at a blank screen wondering what to talk about again?

    In this episode, podcast productivity guru Joe Casabona shares a simple framework that’ll help you capture ideas wherever you are (yes, even mid-shampoo) and streamline your episode prep time, free up your creativity, and create episodes that connect and convert — all without accidentally undermining your authority with AI.

    If you’re ready to have more fun and enjoy podcasting again with a smarter, faster way to prep your episodes and position yourself as the go-to podcaster in your niche, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:08 - Where Most Podcasters Waste Time Planning Podcast Episodes
    2:28 - Stop Waiting for Inspiration to Strike (Do This Instead)
    13:32 - The Simple Episode Planning Framework to Cut Your Prep Time in Half
    19:45 - The Right Way to Leverage Your Content Across Platforms
    22:39 - How to Know Your Content is Hitting the Mark


    Episode Links:

    • Save 12 Hours a week with Joe's Podcast Automation Planners
    • Check out Joe Casabona’s podcast: The Streamlined Solopreneur


    Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

    • How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate

    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Ways to Get Your Podcast on the Top Charts Sep 12, 2024

    Getting on the podcast charts is like ranking on the first page of Google. It's an incredibly powerful way to get found by new listeners, and surprisingly? It's easier than you might think.

    In this episode we're unpacking why charting is key for discoverability beyond word-of-mouth or organic search, and why it's not out of reach for you even if you're just starting out or have a small audience. You’ll also learn how to stop stressing over your download numbers and start using them as data points to build a growth strategy that keeps your listeners hooked and attracts new ones.

    Ready to uncover the five key metrics Apple and Spotify use to rank podcasts — and how you can leverage them to get found by new listeners? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:00 - The Real Purpose of Podcast Charts
    4:20 - Why Charting Is Like Getting on Page One of Google
    7:14 - The Five Key Metrics That Determine Apple and Spotify Ratings
    12:15 - Proven Strategies to Increase Your Ranking Potential
    16:24 - Why It's Time to Stop Obsessing Over Downloads


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Zach Kristensen's podcast: Your Path to Publish


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Why You Don’t Need Big Numbers to Rank Your Podcast


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | How Do You Make Listeners Stay Longer? (and Why It Matters) Sep 11, 2024

    Want to know how to keep your listeners hooked from start to finish? In this episode, we’re diving into the psychology of how platforms like Netflix and Hulu create bingeworthy content — and how to apply these same principles to your episodes to keep your listeners hooked and coming back for more.

    Learn how to open loops that leave listeners hanging (in a good way), the best way to tease future episodes, and how to increase that all-important listener consumption rate that signals to players like Apple Podcasts and Spotify that you have high listener engagement. Bonus: you can use these same techniques across your social media platforms and email newsletters, too.

    Ready to learn exactly how to keep your listeners tuning in episode after episode? Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:02 - How to Tell if Listeners Are Truly Hooked on Your Podcast

    1:01 - What ACTUALLY Drives Listener Engagement

    2:45 - The One Metric That’s Changing How to Measure Your Podcast's Success

    4:55 - How to Find the Ideal Episode Length to Keep Your Audience Listening Longer

    6:47 - The Technique Netflix and Hulu Use to Make You Binge Watch (And How to Use it For Your Podcast)

    12:17 - The Simple Technique That Keeps Listeners Coming Back

    15:26 - Using These Techniques Throughout Your Entire Content Strategy


    Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

    • The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length


    Special thanks to Flora McCormick of Sustainable Parenting for submitting today’s question. If you have a question you’d like me to answer in an upcoming episode, shoot me a text below.


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why You Don’t Need Big Numbers to Rank Your Podcast | Zach Kristensen Sep 05, 2024

    Think you need a massive number of downloads to rank your podcast? Think again. In this episode, fellow podcaster Zach Kristensen reveals how he relaunched his podcast and landed on the Apple Podcast charts with fewer downloads than you'd expect.

    We’re unpacking the challenges that led him to rethink his show, the unexpected lessons he learned about crafting the right message, and the specific changes he made that helped him connect with the right listeners, convert them into leads, and redefine his show's success. So if you’re ready for your podcast to drive real business growth (without spending another minute obsessing over download numbers), hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:46 - How to Grow a Top Podcast Without a Big Audience
    2:32 - How to Leverage Your Existing Episodes for Faster Growth
    6:37 - The Surprising Launch Results That Prove Download Numbers Are Deceiving
    9:14 - Why Rebranding Could Be Your Podcast's Game Changer
    13:11 - Strategic Shifts That Keep Your Listeners Hooked (and Coming Back)


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Zach’s podcast: Your Path to Publish
    • Connect with Zach


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting Found (and How to Fix It) Sep 04, 2024

    If you want your podcast discovered by new listeners, you need three key things to stand out in today’s increasingly crowded space. In this episode, we’re unpacking what it really takes to attract new listeners daily — and revealing the one growth metric most podcasters aren’t tracking (but should be).

    Ready to learn how to get listeners choosing your show over the competition and go from unheard expert to binge-worthy thought leader in your niche? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Three Must-Haves for Getting Your Podcast Discovered

    1:37 - The Real Reason Most Hosts Never Hit the Top Charts

    4:20 - How to Attract Listeners Actively Searching for Shows Like Yours

    14:29 - The One Differentiator You Need to Stand Out in a Crowded Podcast Category

    20:00 - The Podcast Growth Metric You’re Probably Not Tracking (But Should Be)


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A: Can You Have a Successful Podcast Without Video? | Dave Jackson Aug 29, 2024

    Can you have a successful podcast without video? Short answer: Absolutely.

    But are you missing out on podcast growth by sticking to audio only? It depends.

    Podcasting hall-of-famer Dave Jackson is back to set the record straight on video podcasts. We’re tackling questions like: Is it worth putting a podcast on YouTube? What advantages are there to having a video podcast? Can you start with audio and add video later? When's the right time to add video? And is this video podcasting trend here to stay?

    Whether you launched your podcast to avoid the camera or you're eyeing YouTube as the secret strategy for faster podcast growth, this episode has the answers you need. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Should You Follow the Video Podcasting Trend?

    1:27 - Are You Ready for Video Podcasting? Here's How to Tell

    5:43 - Audio vs. Video: Do You Really Need to Be on YouTube?

    10:07 - Will the YouTube Algorithm Help or Hurt Your Podcast?

    18:26 - What’s Coming Next for Podcast Advertising


    Episode Links:

    • Profit From Your Podcast Book by Dave Jackson
    • Check out Dave's Podcast: School of Podcasting
    • Connect with Dave


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Monetize Your Podcast Even With a Small Audience | Dave Jackson Aug 28, 2024

    People often say that monetizing a podcast is all about growing your audience and landing sponsors and advertisers. But if it were that simple, then why are so many podcast hosts still struggling to make real money?

    The truth is, there are over 20+ ways to monetize a podcast *without* sponsors or ads — yep, even if you have a small audience, don't have a business, or are just a few months into your podcasting journey.

    Podcasting Hall-of-Famer Dave Jackson is in the studio with me to break down the do’s and don’ts of podcast monetization, as well as what you need to have in place before you can start monetizing so that your podcast can become a real source of profit (and not a money pit).

    So if you’ve got a podcast that isn’t making money (or you’re looking to start one and turn it into a steady income stream) hit play and let's dive in.

    0:22 - Why Your Podcast Isn't Making Money Yet

    5:31 - What You Need Before You Can Successfully Monetize a Podcast

    10:21 - The Secret to Turning Listeners into Loyal Customers

    14:01 - How to Monetize a Small Podcast Without Sponsors

    18:47 - The Underrated Key to Podcast Growth


    Episode Links:

    • Profit From Your Podcast Book by Dave Jackson
    • Check out Dave's Podcast: School of Podcasting
    • Connect with Dave


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Untold Secrets of Building a Multimillion Dollar Podcast | John Lee Dumas Aug 22, 2024

    It’s easy to look at today’s top podcast hosts and think, "Wow, they had it easy." But deep down, we know that’s not the case. Even the biggest names in the game started from zero and faced the same doubts, fears, and setbacks as you.

    That’s why I invited John Lee Dumas to join me for this episode and unpack the REAL story behind Entrepreneurs on Fire, how it almost didn’t happen, and how he battled massive self-doubt to turn his vision into one of the most successful podcasts in history.

    So if you're feeling that gap between where you are now and where you want to be with your podcast, grab your headphones and lean in — you might be closer to success than you think.

    0:06 - The One Thing Keeping Most Podcasters From Making it Big

    3:01 - The Surprising Idea that Launched Entrepreneurs on Fire

    6:05 - Two Top Mistakes New Podcasters Make (and How to Avoid Them)

    14:39 - Following JLD's Strategy From $0 to $100K+ Months to Profit From Your Podcast


    Episode Links:

    • Check out John Lee Dumas' podcast: Entrepreneurs on Fire


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Exact Strategy Behind 15M Downloads a Month | Jordan Harbinger Aug 21, 2024

    What does it REALLY take to become a top podcaster? (And are today’s top podcasters gatekeeping the real secrets to podcast growth?)

    In this episode, I’m sitting down with the one and only Jordan Harbinger—a podcasting legend with over 15 million downloads every month and named Apple’s “Best and Most Downloaded Podcast” back in 2018.

    We’re pulling back the curtain on the exact strategies that helped Jordan build his podcasting empire—from letting go of the obsession with analytics to finding success by doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing, and staying motivated when it feels like every niche is already taken.

    So if you’re ready to learn what it actually takes to master your craft as a podcast host, this is an episode you won’t want to miss. Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:45 - What’s Missing from Your Podcast Growth Strategy?

    3:10 - The Mental Shift That Took Jordan to 15m+ Monthly Downloads

    7:25 - The Unconventional Approach to Podcasting That Defies The 'Rules'

    10:40 - How to Stand Out When Every Podcast Niche Feels Oversaturated

    14:05 - Jordan’s Bold Move That Built Massive Trust With His Audience

    18:30 - The One Thing That Matters More Than Downloads for Long-Term Success


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Jordan Harbinger's podcast: The Jordan Harbinger Show


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Hit Every Podcast Goal You Ever Set | Hal Elrod Aug 15, 2024

    Ever set a podcast goal and feel like no matter what you do, you just can't hit it? You're putting out great content, lining up awesome guests, and promoting like crazy on social media, but the downloads just aren't moving in the right direction — and you’re not alone.

    Multiple time best-selling author of The Miracle Morning, Hal Elrod, joins me in this episode to share how he went from struggling to sell books to creating a global movement — and how podcasting played a significant role in the process.

    But instead of the usual advice on setting podcast goals, Hal's here to show you how to actually hit them. He’s got some counterintuitive, refreshingly uncommon advice for identifying the right actions to focus on rather than obsessing over results.

    So if you’re ready to crush every podcast goal you set and actually make real progress, hit play and let's dive in.

    6:37 - The 6-Minute Morning Routine that Transformed Hal's Life

    4:32 - The Biggest Mistake Most Podcasters Make in Their First Year

    16:24 - How Hal Elrod Turned Failure into a Million Book Sales

    19:26 - A Different Set of Metrics for Sustainable Podcast Growth

    22:46 - The Power of Committing to the Process Over the Results


    Episode Links:

    • Download The Miracle Morning App for iPhone and Android
    • Get a Copy of The Miracle Morning by Hal Elrod
    • Listen to Hal Elrod's podcast: Achieve Your Goals


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | How Do You Build a Podcast Audience that Converts? Aug 14, 2024

    Wondering how to grow your podcast audience and increase conversions at the same time? Is it really possible to do both, or should you put your energy into one goal over the other? In this episode, we're digging into the strategies to help you expand your listener base and turn those loyal listeners into hot leads for your business. So if you're ready to make your podcast work double-duty for you, hit play and let’s dive in.

    2:54 - Why Growing a Podcast Audience Doesn’t Automatically Mean More Sales

    4:59 - The Two Types of Traffic: Attracting Listeners vs. Converting Leads

    6:43 - How to Avoid the Trap of Giving Away Too Much for Free

    10:08 - Mapping the Listener Journey From Podcast Fan to Paying Customer

    12:08 - Building a Funnel Around Your Podcast for Conversions


    Special thanks to Philip Pape of the Wits and Weights podcast for submitting today’s question!


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Signs Your Podcast Content is Blending In | Luis Camejo Aug 08, 2024

    Have you ever shared a podcast episode you're really excited about, packed with content you’re confident your audience will love, only to be met with... radio silence? You check the stats: fewer than 100 downloads, a couple of likes on your social media posts, and zero "New Call Booked!" emails in your inbox.

    And the worst part? You’re left scratching your head, wondering what you're missing and starting to question if all the effort you’re putting in is even worth it.

    Luis Camejo from BizBros is back with us to break down the five signs your podcast content is blending in (and what to do about it). So if you want to know how get more listeners choosing your podcast over the competition with content that dominates the conversation, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Why Great Content Isn't Enough to Stand Out

    01:34 - Giving the Algorithm Too Much Credit

    04:47 - Not Reading the Right Data

    07:40 - Why Safe Content is Boring Content

    09:55 - When Polarizing Content Pays Off

    14:35 - Creating Content for Views vs. Value

    23:42 - The Future of Podcasting is Human Connection


    Episode Links:

    • Listen to Luis Camejo’s Podcast: Content is Profit


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Avoid These 5 Podcast Content Repurposing Mistakes | Luis Camejo Aug 07, 2024

    Content repurposing is a great way to extend the life of your podcast episodes — or, let's be honest, it can feel like a big waste of time. So if you've ever wondered why your repurposed podcast content isn't getting the engagement you hoped for, you're not alone.

    Luis Camejo from BizBros joins me in this episode to talk about the five biggest mistakes podcasters make when repurposing content that causes your short-form clips to get overlooked (and how to fix it).

    Is it ~really~ possible to turn social media followers into loyal podcast listeners? Hit play and find out.

    0:12 - Why Repurposed Content Often Fails

    0:44 - Content Repurposing vs. Multipurposing

    1:46 - 5 Common Mistakes to Avoid When Repurposing Podcast Content

    6:48 - Quality vs. Quantity: Which is Better?

    9:47 - How to Use Data to Improve Your Podcast's Reach

    13:04 - Creating a Cohesive Content Ecosystem


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Luis Camejo's podcast: Content is Profit


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | Should You Run Podcast Ads? Aug 01, 2024

    Should you run paid podcast ads to grow your show? In this episode, we break down the ins and outs of podcast ads to help you decide if they're worth the investment.

    We'll cover the best types of podcast ads, the ones to avoid, and whether paid ads are right for you. Get the inside scoop on the most effective ad types, pros and cons of organic vs. paid growth strategies, and how to gauge the accuracy of targeting algorithms so you can track your ad performance.

    If you're considering paid podcast ads, this episode is chock-full of the clarity and practical advice you need. Oh, and your wallet will thank you. Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:12 - Should You Run Podcast Ads?

    3:22 - Organic vs. Paid Strategies: What's Better for Podcast Growth?

    6:48 - The Best Time to Start Running Podcast Ads

    10:40 - Types of Podcast Ads and Their Pros and Cons

    17:02 - Do This BEFORE Running Podcast Ads

    20:10 - Why Bigger Download Numbers Aren't Always Better


    Special thanks to Laura, host of Grandparents Raising Grandchildren, for submitting today's question!
    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Language Patterns that Turn Listeners Into Clients Jul 31, 2024

    Want to get more of your listeners asking, “How can I work with you?!” If you’re nodding yes, then this episode is for you.

    We’re diving deep into listener psychology with three powerful language patterns that’ll help you communicate more effectively as a podcast host so you can drive more listener-to-lead conversions. (Master these and you'll have 'em hitting replay and coming back every week for more, too).

    The best part? These three language patterns aren’t just for your podcast. You can use them anytime you need to overcome objections and move people to action — on sales calls, from stage, on webinars, and more.

    If you’re ready to learn how to turn more listeners into clients so you can grow your business and expand your podcast's reach, hit play and let’s dive in.

    1:10 - Why Listener Psychology Is Your Secret Weapon for Turning Listeners into Clients

    6:05 - The Key to Positioning Yourself as the Go-To Expert for Your Audience

    9:18 - How to Skillfully Challenge Beliefs and Inspire Action

    12:34 - Three Language Patterns that Drive Podcast Conversions

    17:45 - Applying These Techniques Beyond Podcasting


    Episode Links:

    • Sleight of Mouth book by Robert Dilts
    • Check out Brandon Lucero’s podcast: New Generation Entrepreneur
    • Check out James Wedmore’s podcast: Mind Your Business


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting
    • 3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Hit Play


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Grow Your Podcast Without Adding More to Your Plate | Alex Sanfilippo Jul 25, 2024

    Are you buried in podcasting tasks and tools that promise growth but only add to your workload? If you've ever felt overwhelmed by the constant push to do more with your podcast, this episode is for you.

    Alex Sanfilippo is back in the studio to share why doing more doesn’t always equal more podcast growth (and why in most cases it just leads to more complications, more time spent, and more stress).

    We’ll also uncover the hidden downside of many AI podcasting tools that actually create unnecessary work and show you how to streamline your processes by eliminating the tools that aren’t truly serving your show’s greater good.

    Ready to simplify your podcasting efforts while maximizing your growth potential? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:01 - Why Less is More in Podcasting

    0:46 - How Simplifying Your Message Can Help Your Podcast Grow Faster

    3:17 - Why AI Isn’t Saving You as Much Time as You Think It Is

    7:18 - The Social Media Trap That’s Slowing Your Podcast Growth

    10:38 - Why Rebranding Isn’t a Sign of Failure, But of Growth


    Episode Links:

    • Podmatch - Alex’s platform for connecting podcasters with guests
    • Check out Alex's podcast: Podcasting Made Simple
    • Connect with Alex: Podcast | LinkedIn


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Do This One Thing to Attract More Listeners | Alex Sanfilippo Jul 24, 2024

    It’s tempting to think that the more you can do to help your podcast grow, the faster you’ll see results — but the opposite is true. But when it comes to growing a podcast, it’s not about doing everything. It’s about focusing on a few strategies and executing them exceptionally well.

    In this episode, Alex Sanfilippo, founder of PodMatch, reveals why focusing on what really matters is the secret to skyrocketing your podcast growth.

    We also unpack why trying to replicate what other successful hosts are doing might be causing listeners to overlook your show, and how mastering a handful of key tactics can speed up your podcast’s success. Plus, Alex shares his powerful four-question approach to understanding your audience on a deeper level.

    Ready to streamline your efforts and unlock the strategies that will truly accelerate your podcast growth? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:01 - Why Doing More Doesn't Equal Faster Podcast Growth

    0:57 - The Counterintuitive Way to Hook Listeners and Keep Them Coming Back

    4:11 - Why Your Current Podcast Growth Strategy Might Be Working Against You

    7:22 - The Bold Move Most Podcasters Are Too Scared to Make

    14:10 - The Surprising Way to Turn Listeners Into Loyal Fans


    Episode Links:

    • Podmatch - Alex’s platform for connecting podcasters with guests
    • Check out Alex's podcast: Podcasting Made Simple
    • Connect with Alex: Podcast | LinkedIn


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • How to Tell if Your Podcast Needs a Rebrand
    • The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Relaunching Your Podcast for Explosive Growth | Reana Mulcahy Jul 18, 2024

    Did you know that the first eight weeks of your podcast are crucial for platforms like Apple and Spotify to determine your show’s initial potential? …but what if you miss that window?

    No worries — you can hit the reset button by relaunching your podcast. (PSST: it’s a strategy that works *especially* well if your podcast has been gathering dust or if you haven’t been releasing episodes consistently).

    In this episode, we’re diving into Dr. Reana Mulcahy's podcast relaunch, where she took her show from 35 downloads per episode to the Top 100 charts. We'll also tackle the common issue of podcaster burnout and give you actionable tips to breathe new life into your show.

    Whether you’re looking to increase downloads, reignite excitement among your current and new listeners, or gain serious momentum and visibility, this episode is a must. Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:45 - How a Podcast Relaunch Catapulted Reana's Show to the Top 100

    03:00 - Three Hidden Obstacles in Growing Your Podcast and How to Fix Them

    06:10 - From 35 Downloads an Episode to #71 in the Entrepreneur Category

    08:30 - Why Your Podcast Name Can Make or Break Your Show

    11:41 - Mastering The Five Content Gatekeepers to Drive Real Podcast Growth
    Episodes Links:

    • Check out Reana's podcast: Breaking The Entrepreneur Burnout Cycle


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why I Stopped Measuring Podcast Success Based on Downloads Jul 17, 2024

    Ever feel like you need to have the best audio, the best voice, the best everything to succeed in podcasting? In this episode, we’re challenging industry norms and showing you a new way to measure your podcast’s success.

    The industry relies heavily on metrics like downloads, reviews, and rankings to gauge success, but these can be misleading because not all podcasts are created equal. But by changing the types of goals you set and the way you measure your progress, you’ll be able to make continuous improvements, stay motivated, and create content that stays true to your vision and values.

    If you're ready to stop comparing your podcast to others and start seeing actual podcast growth, hit play and let's dive in.

    0:00 - Using Your Podcast as a Powerful Tool for Business Growth

    2:06 - Why 994% Growth Revealed an Unhealthy Obsession with Downloads

    4:50 - Why Measuring Your Success by Downloads Alone Is Misleading

    7:47 - Setting Activity-Based Goals that Drive Podcast Growth

    12:07 - Prioritizing Listener Engagement Over Podcast Downloads and Reviews


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • The Truth About Listen Notes Rankings
    • Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Reasons Podcast Guesting Isn't Working for You | Seth Silvers Jul 11, 2024

    Have you poured hours into podcast guest appearances, only to see minimal impact on your podcast’s growth and zero inquiries from potential clients?

    In this episode, Seth Silvers, Founder of Story On Media and the strategic mind behind podcasts by industry giants like Alex Hormozi and Patrick Lencioni, reveals why your podcast guesting strategy isn’t working — and how to better position yourself as a guest expert that hosts (and listeners) will rave about.

    Discover what to look for in a podcast before pitching, why big shows yield the worst listener-to-lead conversions, and what separates the pitches that get an automatic “yes” from the ones that get automatically deleted.

    If you’re ready to (finally) see an ROI on your podcast guest appearances, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:04 - Why Your Podcast Guesting Strategy Isn’t Working

    1:29 - Common Podcasting Guesting Mistakes to Avoid at All Costs

    2:22 - What To Look For In A Podcast Before Pitching Yourself as a Guest

    5:48 - How to Leave a Lasting Impression as a Podcast Guest

    14:33 - Why Podcast Guesting Seems Easy but Takes Serious Effort to Get Right


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Seth’s team: Story On Media
    • Check out Seth's podcast: The Small Business Storytellers


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal This Strategy to Keep Your Audience Coming Back | Seth Silvers Jul 10, 2024

    Ever wish you could go behind the scenes with someone who oversees strategies for today's top podcasts like Alex Hormozi and Patrick Lencioni?

    Your wish is my command. Podcast expert Seth Silvers is here in the studio to teach you how to create a podcast that doesn't just capture attention, but dominates the conversation.

    We transparently discuss why the era of traditional interview-style podcasts is coming to an end. Seth also shares the step-by-step competitive analysis you can do to identify gaps in your niche and leverage them to your advantage so you can increase listener-to-lead conversions. Trust us — your listeners (and your stats) will thank you!

    If you’re serious about mastering your craft as a host and making your podcast your number one marketing channel, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:04 – What’s Causing the Decline in Overall Podcast Quality

    3:28 – Why Interview-Based Shows are on the Decline

    8:43 – Practical Steps to Be a Better Podcast Host

    14:36 – How to Ace Interview Preparation and Guest Vetting

    20:06 – How Podcast Hosts Can Raise the Bar and Set New Standards


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Seth’s team: Story On Media
    • Check out Seth's podcast: The Small Business Storytellers


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Behind the Scenes of Jamie Kern Lima’s Podcast Launch Jul 04, 2024

    Ever wonder how a brand-new podcast can skyrocket to the top of the charts? There are two ways it can happen, and in this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of bestselling author and founder Jamie Kern Lima’s recent podcast launch to show you how.

    Find out the mechanisms at work that helped her claim the #1 spot in self-improvement, Top 20 on Spotify, and Top 20 of all podcasts in the USA, and learn how to leverage these same mechanisms for your show. You’ll also discover the key metrics that actually determine your podcast's success (and nope, it’s not downloads).

    If you’re ready to increase your podcast’s discoverability so more new listeners can find you, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Jamie Kern Lima's Meteoric Rise to Podcast Stardom

    1:43 - The Five Pillars for a Successful Podcast Launch

    6:58 - Comparing Niche Podcasts vs. Celebrity Podcasts

    11:11 - Why SEO and Intentional Launch Strategies are Crucial

    16:57 - Defining Your Own Measures of Podcast Success


    Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

    • Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Tell if Your Podcast Needs a Rebrand | Beth Schillaci Jul 03, 2024

    If you have a podcast that’s not converting as many listeners to leads as you want, chances are it has nothing to do with the current size of your podcast audience and everything to do with the first impression you’re making on your listeners.

    Fellow podcaster Beth Schillaci joins me in this episode to break down the five key elements of your podcast that shape the crucial first impression on your listeners. By the time you finish listening, you’ll be armed with the know-how to make every new listener nod and go, “Finally! This is the show I’ve been looking for.”

    Is it time to rebrand your podcast? Or is your podcast already doing a great job of standing out in a crowded feed? Hit play to find out.

    0:00 - Why Your Podcast Audience Isn't Converting and How to Fix It

    1:40 - From Stagnant Podcast Growth to a Successful Relaunch

    3:40 - The Five Critical Content Gatekeepers for a Powerful First Impression

    6:43 - The Power of Specificity in Your Podcast's Name and Description

    12:21 - What Relaunching Your Podcast Could Mean for You
    Episode Links

    • Check out Beth Schillaci's podcast: Travel Beyond the Guidebook


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

    • Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster?


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | Do Niche Podcasts Grow Faster? Jun 27, 2024

    Are niche podcasts growing faster than general ones? Are video podcasts here to stay? Why are podcast networks booming? How is the podcasting industry going to change over the next 3-5 years? And most importantly, will your podcast rise with the tide or will it sink?

    Get ready for a deep dive into the future of podcasting and learn what the latest trends are, why they matter, and the opportunity that exists for you in the “Great Divide” that’s being created as more and more podcasts flood the scene.

    You’ll also hear my predictions on the rise of multimedia content and the decline of traditional interview styles. Plus, the three questions you need to answer about your podcast to make sure your show stays relevant and engaging.

    Ready to find out if your podcast will withstand the test of time? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Is Your Podcast Aligned with Future Trends?

    1:16 - The Evolution of Technology and Listener Expectations

    6:28 - The Rise and Loyalty of Niche Podcasts

    13:03 - Predictions for the Future of Podcast Content

    17:01 - How to Make Sure Your Podcast Withstands the Test of Time


    Episode Links:

    • School of Podcasting
    • The Podcast on Podcasting


    Special thanks to Zach, host of Your Path to Publish, for submitting today's question!


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Ways to Hook Your Listener Before They Ever Hit Play Jun 26, 2024

    Most podcast hosts think high-quality episodes are enough to attract new listeners. But they’re not. If you want to be the host of a top-ranked podcast, you need to know how to hook your listener *before* they hit play.

    Because having a bingeworthy podcast isn’t just about keeping listeners’ attention — it's about knowing how to grab it in the first place.

    In this episode, I'm breaking down three powerful ways to subconsciously communicate the value of your show to your potential listener. You’ll also learn the five red flags to avoid when creating episode titles and why AI tools aren’t helping your show stand out as much as you think.

    If you have a podcast or you’re thinking of starting one, mastering this skillset will set you apart from 99% of other hosts who aren’t doing this, so hit play and let’s dive in.


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • How to Speak the Language of Your Ideal Listener
    • The Best (and Worst) Ways to Use AI for Your Podcast


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Your Best Episode Topics are Hiding in Your Listener Data. Here's How to Find Them. Jun 20, 2024

    Ever find yourself staring at your podcast analytics dashboard, wondering what to do with all that data? Maybe you check once a month to see if your downloads are increasing. But what if you knew how to decode your listener data to pinpoint exactly what your listeners want and unearth your most bingeworthy episode topics?

    Whether you’ve been podcasting for a while or you're just starting out, this episode will teach you how to use your data to craft content that keeps your current listeners hooked and helps you get discovered by new ones every week.

    Ready to turn your podcast analytics into a Magic 8-Ball that tells you what your listeners want most? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Discovering Your Best Episode Topics in Listener Data

    01:32 - Three Crucial Data Points: Downloads, Completion Rate, and Performance

    03:52 - How One Standout Episode Transformed a Podcaster's Rankings

    05:59 - The Four Key Elements of a Top-Performing Episode

    07:45 - Step-by-Step Guide: Using Analytics to Understand Listener Preferences


    Episode Links:

    • MowPod.com


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Consistency Isn't the Key to Podcast Growth Jun 19, 2024

    Spoiler alert… the real key to growing a podcast isn’t consistency. Think about it: if consistency were the key to long-term podcasting growth, then everyone who’s been releasing an episode every week for the past year or more would have a Top 100 podcast — and that’s not the case.

    So if you’re sick of hearing “consistency is key to podcasting success,” you're onto something… because the truth is, consistency is only one part of the full equation for podcast growth.

    In this episode I’m breaking down why just sticking to a schedule isn't enough, and giving you the other piece of the equation for driving more engaged listeners to your podcast.

    So if you’re tired of releasing episode after episode without seeing significant growth to your podcast over the last three months, hit play and let’s fix it.

    ​​0:02 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast

    1:49 - The Full Equation You Need for Podcast Growth

    8:41 - The Key Activity That Will Spike Your Podcast’s Discoverability

    12:41 - Three Budget-Friendly Tools to Help More Listeners Find Your Show

    16:38 - How to Identify the Right Activities that Drive Podcast Growth


    Episode Links

    • Ubersuggest | Free SEO Keyword Research Tool
    • MowPod


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    High-Quality Audio is Overrated. Here's Why. Jun 14, 2024

    If your podcast hasn’t shown significant audience growth in the last three months despite giving your best stuff away for free in every episode, it might have nothing to do with your content and everything to do with what your listeners are hearing in your voice when you share it.

    Believe it or not, it’s not what you say ~but how you say it~ that’ll make your listeners pay attention and want to work with you, or keep them from fully trusting you as the expert you are (and take zero action no matter how many CTAs you give).

    The good news? Once you understand the psychology behind how your voice works and — more importantly — how someone listening interprets what they hear in your voice when you speak, you’ll be able to turn your voice into your most powerful tool for creating influence and income as a podcaster.

    If you’re serious about becoming a Top 100 podcast host, this episode is a must. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - The Unconscious Tones in Your Voice That Push Listeners Away

    1:06 - Secrets to Increasing Listener Engagement with Your Voice

    5:08 - Improving Communication Skills via Nonverbal Cues in Your Voice

    10:33 - Three Voice Habits that Make You Sound Like an Expert

    14:23 - Why Hiring the Right Voice Coach Can Help You Grow Your Podcast


    Episode Links:

    • Get a free sound check with Courtney’s voice coach: Katherine Beck
    • Check out Katherine's podcast: Speak on More Stages


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • BTS: A Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Signs Your Podcast Voice is Pushing Listeners Away Jun 12, 2024

    Most experts who preach about podcast growth won’t tell you this: but if you’ve been podcasting for six months or more and fewer than ten listeners have converted to clients, the first step isn’t “grow your audience”...

    The first step is to look at why the listeners you have aren’t converting to begin with.

    In this episode, I’m breaking down three little-known reasons why this happens and the most common culprit that erodes listener trust in you as the expert and causes listeners to lose interest and stop listening.

    You’ll also learn why audience size and podcast conversions have nothing to do with each other and find out the crucial role your voice plays in listener-to-lead conversions.

    Ready to take your podcast from boring to bingeworthy so you can attract, keep, and convert new listeners? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Why Subtle Tones in Your Voice Cause Listeners to Hit Unfollow

    1:49 - The Key Factors Behind Podcast Growth and Conversions

    2:47 - Three Reasons Your Podcast Isn't Turning Listeners into Leads

    4:28 - How Your Voice Builds Trust and Keeps Listeners Coming Back

    16:27 - Using Your Voice to Keep Your Listeners Engaged


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Not Sure What to Talk About Next on Your Podcast? Try This. Jun 07, 2024

    How many times have you sat down to plan an episode, only to stare at the cursor blinking on the screen for an hour because you're fresh out of new episode ideas?

    If you're an expert host who’s starting to run out of things to talk about on your podcast, this episode is for you.

    I’ll let you in on a secret that today’s top podcasters don’t want you to know for generating high-converting episode content — and show you how to use it to your advantage with three specific questions you can use to spark new episode ideas.

    If you're ready to stop staring at a blank screen and start speaking about your topic in a way that keeps listeners hanging on your every word, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:45 - Why Even Experts Struggle with Content Ideas

    5:06 - How to Keep Your Content Fresh for New Listeners

    8:50 - Three Quick Questions to Break Through Podcaster’s Block

    10:38 - The Secret to Creating Episodes That Deeply Connect with Your Audience

    11:50 - Spotting the Hidden Cues That Might Be Turning Off Your Listeners


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | The Truth About Listen Notes Rankings Jun 05, 2024

    Ever wondered how to improve your Listen Notes ranking?

    In this episode, I’m breaking down what Listen Notes is, how it works, and whether its rankings really matter for your podcast.

    You’ll also learn how Listen Notes rankings differ from Apple Podcasts rankings, and I’ll give you three practical steps you can take to better understand — and improve — your Listen Notes score.

    If you’re ready to find out how your podcast stacks up against today’s most popular podcasts, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - What Are Listen Notes Rankings and Why They Matter

    1:38 - Going From Top 10% to Top 1% on Listen Notes

    6:56 - Shifting from Outcome-Based to Action-Based Goals

    9:43 - Why Increasing Listens is More Important than Getting More Listeners

    20:27 - Three Practical Ways to Increase Your Podcast’s Ranking Potential


    Episode Links:

    • PodMatch
    • PodScore Self-Assessment
    • Verify Your Podcast on ListenNotes.com


    Special thanks to Shilpa, host of Omni Mindfulness, for submitting today's question!


    Other Episodes You'll Enjoy:

    • The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn’t Converting
    • Steal My High Converting Episode Framework
    • 4 Signs Listeners are Overlooking Your Podcast
    • The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Difference Between Hitting Publish vs. Launching a Podcast | Karen Powell May 31, 2024

    You’d never spend a year or more writing a book, only to tell no one, hit “publish” on Amazon, and hope it becomes a bestseller, would you? Of course not. Yet this is how most people start their podcasts… and why they’re shocked when their show only brings in less than 100 downloads an episode.

    That’s why I invited mindset expert and podcast host Karen Powell to break down the key differences between hitting publish and launching a podcast — and what can happen when you have a strategic plan in place to build momentum from day one and get your show discovered by new listeners every day.

    The best part? This process will work whether you have an established podcast or you’re just starting out,

    If you’re ready to reach a global audience of listeners eager to hear your message, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Overcome the Fear of Sharing Your True Voice

    0:54 - Social Media vs. Podcasting: Which is Better for Lead Generation?

    2:39 - Avoiding Common Pitfalls on Your Podcast Launch Day

    8:11 - Why Strategy is Key to Launching a Successful Podcast

    12:11 - How Karen Broke into the Top 100 and Ranked #1 of All Podcasts on Launch Day


    Episode Links

    • Check out Karen's Podcast: Make Money Living Your Purpose


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Here’s What Launching a Podcast Looks Like


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Easy and Ethical Ways to Get More Podcast Reviews May 29, 2024

    Tired of asking for reviews in every episode and hearing nothing but crickets?

    I mean, it’s obvious from your analytics dashboard that people are listening to your show. People even tell you “omg I love your podcast” or “that episode was exactly what I needed to hear!”

    But STILL they won’t take 30 seconds and leave a review. #rude

    That’s because there’s two types of reviews (and two types of behavior that drives them), and in this episode I’ll unpack what they are and how to leverage them to your advantage so you can start getting the social proof on your show you deserve.

    Ready to see those five stars start rolling in so that you (and others!) know your show is worth the listen? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:54 - Why It Can Feel Like Pulling Teeth to Get Podcast Reviews

    2:35 - Why Podcast Reviews Matter More Than You Think

    6:05 - Two Powerful Reasons People Are Compelled to Leave Reviews

    10:08 - The Biggest Mistake Hosts Make When Asking for Podcast Reviews

    13:15 - How to Avoid Negative Podcast Reviews

    17:46 - 3 Proven, Ethical Strategies to Get More Podcast Reviews


    Episode Links:

    • PodLottery
    • PodMatch


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • 4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged
    • The Real Reason Why Your Podcast Isn't Converting


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn't Converting | Brandon Lucero May 24, 2024

    You know when you listen to a podcast episode and you’re like, “This is creepy. It’s like they made this just for me. How did they know I needed this?! Are they in my brain?! Woah. HOW DID THEY KNOW?!" (Well. It’s me, hi. I’m doing it again).

    Look, no one (and I mean absolutely no one) starts a podcast and says, "I want to put all this effort in and get zero return." You *want* to reach millions with your message. You *want* a bingeworthy show that people rave about with their friends.

    And it sure would be nice to convert at least some of your listeners to clients and customers, wouldn't it?

    If you’re like, ummm DUH, YES then pay attention because you’re about to learn how to drive more conversions by communicating in a way that makes your listener pay attention while creating demand for whatever product or service you offer.

    My friend and mentor Brandon Lucero is a master at the art of persuasive communication, and he joins us inside this bonus episode to show you the top reasons why your listeners aren’t converting to clients — and how to fix it.

    So if you’re ready to get more listeners saying “OMG, you’re in my head” and “How can I work with you?!" hit play and let’s dive in.

    1:18 - The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn't Converting

    4:12 - The Biggest Mistake Causing Your Podcast Episodes to Get Overlooked

    8:06 - Do You Really Solve a Problem for Your Audience? (Hint: You Do)

    11:10 - Why Talking About Problems Makes People Feel Heard, Not Hopeless

    13:04 - 5 Signs It's Time to Pivot Your Podcast Topics


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Brandon Lucero's podcast: The New Generation Entrepreneur
    • Connect with Brandon


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • 4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged Throughout Every Episode
    • 3 Surprising Content Mistakes that Are Costing You Clients


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Powerful Techniques to Keep Listeners Engaged Through Every Episode | Brandon Lucero May 22, 2024

    If you want a podcast that thousands of people listen to, you first have to know how to get people to care about what you have to say.

    The problem? Most podcast hosts think “valuable content” is the key to growing an engaged podcast audience. So they teach as much as they can in every episode because they believe more information means more value.

    But it doesn’t work like that. (If it did, then your listeners wouldn’t lose interest and stop listening before finishing the episode).

    If you want to become a top podcast host, you need to learn how to speak your listener’s language. This is why I invited top podcaster and communications expert Brandon Lucero to join me in this episode to show you four powerful ways you can hook your listeners in, keep them engaged, and drive more conversions from your podcast.

    [SPOILER ALERT] these four techniques will allow you to stop creating episodes that blend in with others, make listeners rave about your content, keep listeners coming back again and again to binge your episodes, and raise their hands asking how to work with you.

    If you don’t want that, don’t listen. But if you’re ready to learn how, hit play and let’s dive in.

    1:58 - Use this Simple Title Tweak to Grab Your Listener’s Attention

    4:56 - Why Too Much Teaching Can Drive Listeners Away

    8:13 - The "One and More" Method to Keep Listeners Hooked (and Excited for More)

    10:16 - Four Powerful Ways to Add Value Without Overteaching
    13:33 - The Three Types of Trust People Need In Order to Buy From You

    15:35 - From 75% Drop-Off to Over 93% Completion Rates


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Brandon Lucero's podcast: The New Generation Entrepreneur
    • Connect with Brandon


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Should You Edit Your Own Podcast? | Shawn Shewchuk May 17, 2024

    "Do I really need to hire a podcast editor? Or can I get by with one of those AI podcast editing tools and call it a day?"

    This is a question I get asked all the time by people who value their time, and there's no shortage of opinions on this topic. But if you’re a coach, consultant, or online business owner and your numero uno goal with your podcast is to drive more leads to your business, there are some pros and cons to consider.

    That’s why I invited 2x bestselling author and award winning host Shawn Shewchuk to join me inside this episode. He’s helped more than 12,500 entrepreneurs learn to do more in less time — not by managing time, but by thinking about it differently.

    We're breaking down why podcasters need to answer this question based on your current stage in business, size of your team, unique business goals, and goals for your podcast.

    So, should you edit your own podcast? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    2:13 - Why Podcasters Need to Think Like a CEO

    5:40 - The Unexpected Reason Why Your Podcast Isn't Growing

    7:58 - How to Identify and Eliminate Time-Wasting Activities

    11:18 - 5 Signs You're Spending Too Much Time on the Wrong Things

    13:43 - A Simple Framework for Making Better Podcast Decisions


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal My High-Converting Episode Framework May 15, 2024

    If you’re an online business owner, coach, or consultant, you probably launched your podcast to draw more attention to your business and drive more leads to your offers. That’s why it’s so frustrating when you spend hours creating each episode only to have listeners tell you they love your show, but never ask how to work with you.

    In this episode, I break down the three reasons why this happens and share our high-converting episode framework to help you plan podcast episodes that create desire and demand for your offers, without giving away all your secrets for free.

    If you're not converting as many listeners as you'd like (and want to fix this once and for all), hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Three Mistakes That Are Costing You Conversions

    2:18 - Stop Selling Solutions, Start Selling Problems

    6:38 - One Simple Technique to Keep Listeners Hooked

    9:55 - Eight Segments to Structure High-Converting Episodes

    18:40 - A Powerful Way to Make Listeners Eager for Your Next Episode


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | Should You Offer a Podcast Subscription? May 10, 2024

    If you’re an online business owner, consultant, or expert who’s ever wondered whether you should offer a podcast subscription for your listeners, this is the episode for you. We’re breaking down the pros and cons of paid podcast subscriptions, and I'll give you the answers to questions you can't find on Google, like:

    → "How do paid podcast subscriptions actually work?"

    → "What are the pros and cons of offering paid podcast subscriptions?"

    → "Will offering a paid podcast subscription increase listener engagement, or will it take away from my total podcast downloads?"

    → "How much money can I make from offering a paid podcast subscription?"

    ...and a few more things about podcast subscriptions the big players like Apple and Spotify don’t want you to know.

    Because when you're managing a podcast alongside your business, every minute counts. So if you want to learn whether a paid podcast subscription is the right strategy for your show or just another shiny object, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Should You Offer Subscription-Based Podcast Content?

    3:08 - Will Offering Paid Content Hurt Your Downloads?

    7:30 - Creative Ways to Monetize Without Creating Extra Content

    10:15 - The Hidden Costs of Offering Paid Podcast Subscriptions

    15:29 - How Much Can Paid Subscriptions Actually Earn You?

    19:00 - What Apple and Spotify Don’t Tell You About Podcast Subscriptions


    Special thanks to Philip, host of Wits & Weights, for submitting today's question!


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Overcome Your Fear of Starting a Podcast | Lucy Liu May 08, 2024

    Are you toying with the idea of starting a podcast, but worried people won't want to hear what you have to say? Or maybe you already started your show, but your throat still feels tight every time you hit the record button.

    If this is you, you're not alone. (Case in point: I *still* struggle with this sometimes.) The reality? That voice of self-doubt will be there at every new level you achieve.

    So it's not about getting rid of self-doubt... It's about learning how to quiet it so that it doesn't prevent you from sharing your message.

    I've got renowned mindset expert and accomplished podcaster Lucy Liu in the studio with me to unpack the common, but often unacknowledged mental obstacles that we face as podcasters.

    Whether it's the fear of putting yourself out there or the persistent doubts that creep in during recording sessions, we'll equip you with the tools to navigate these challenges head-on.

    Ready to unlock the full potential of your podcast and hone your ability to influence people and create meaningful change in the world with your voice? Hit play and let's dive in.

    1:33 - How to Overcome the Fear of Starting a Podcast

    3:12 - Why Clarity Beats Speed in Your Podcast Journey

    8:15 - How to Know When It’s Time to Pivot Your Podcast

    9:45 - Why Self-Doubt Never Really Goes Away (And What to Do About It)

    11:24 - How to Build the Confidence You Need to Succeed as a Podcaster


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Lucy's podcast: The Lucy Liu Show


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Signs Listeners are Overlooking Your Podcast May 03, 2024

    Tell me if this sounds familiar...

    → You publish at least one new podcast episode every week without fail... but you’re still getting less than 1000 downloads per episode (despite doing literally everything the experts say you need to do to grow your show)

    → People tell you they love your podcast but no one has left a review on your show in the last 30 days

    → You check your analytics dashboard every week but haven't seen a significant increase in downloads or listens in the last three months

    → Even though you know the content you share in every episode is highly valuable, only one or two listeners have ever reached out asking how to work with you

    If you're like, UM YES THIS IS ME, then you've probably also been told that that podcasting is a long game and that you just need to stay consistent and give it more time.

    But have you ever asked yourself why it's not working? ... there's a reason why.

    And after helping over 95% of our clients break the Top 100 in their categories, we've found it's often because your podcast is missing something called a "core differentiator" . Or in other words, a way of communicating to your listener why your show is the one they need to listen to.

    We both know you're here to add real value and make meaningful change in people's lives. So to save you 4+ years of figuring this out the hard way like I did, I recorded this episode for you. :)
    Ready to learn how to fix it so you can reach more people who need to hear your message? Hit play and let's dive in.

    4:16 - Why Consistency Won’t Grow Your Podcast (And What Will)

    3:10 - Identifying and Understanding Your Listener's Problems

    6:41 - Making Your Podcast Stand Out in a Crowded Niche

    9:15 - Communicating Your Podcast's Unique Value

    10:42 - The Key First Step to a Top 100 Podcast

    18:33 - Getting Listeners to Choose Your Show Over Others


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Getting Zero Engagement from Repurposed Podcast Content? Here's Why. May 01, 2024

    You've heard of content repurposing: taking your podcast episodes and converting them into bite-sized clips to share on short-form platforms.

    In theory it's supposed to help you expand your reach and drive traffic back to your podcast. But in reality? Now you're spending hours scouring through endless AI-generated clips and adding flashy effects and captions at the expense of all the other things you need to do in your business (you know, like sales and client delivery).

    What's worse is that you have zero way of knowing if all this work is doing anything to drive traffic back to your podcast. (not much, from the looks of your 30-day downloads).

    I'm breaking down three reasons your content repurposing efforts are falling flat, and give you three uncommon strategies the pros use to create viral content that commands attention and drives traffic back to your show.

    So if you're over posting podcast video clips to social media (or heck, throwing the whole episode up on YouTube), only to get a couple hundred views and no likes or comments — hit play and let's dive in.

    0:02 - Why Repurposing Podcast Content for Social Media Misses the Mark

    5:07 - The Counterintuitive Approach to Podcast Content Repurposing

    12:36 - How Connor Price Hit 1 Billion Streams with Creative Content

    15:01 - Why Vanity Metrics Are Killing Your Podcast Growth

    16:09 - 3 Steps to Repurpose Podcast Content for Higher Engagement

    21:52 - Use This Key Strategy to Drive Social Media Traffic to Your Podcast


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Grow Your Podcast by Changing How You Use Email Marketing


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Create a Podcast Brand Listeners Can’t Ignore | Tonya Eberhart, Michael Carr Apr 26, 2024

    Most people think today’s top podcasters are successful because they have a massive audience, professional audio, and this seemingly effortless ability to pump out high-quality content. But when you think of successful podcasts like "Serial" or "The Joe Rogan Experience”, it’s not ~just~ the audio quality or even the content itself that draws people in and keeps them coming back. (Because if that were true, then everyone with a $100+ mic who releases high-quality episodes every week would be in the Top 100 and we both know that’s not the case).

    But, today’s top podcasts DO have four things in common — and one of the most important? A strong podcast brand that compels listeners to choose *your* show over others like yours.

    But podcast branding is much more than cover art and a catchy show title. Which is why I invited co-hosts Tonya Eberhart and Michael Carr of the top ranked Be Bold Branding podcast to join me in this episode so we can help you nail the invisible elements of your podcast brand and create a show listeners can’t ignore.

    Ready to learn the first steps you need to build a powerful podcast brand that commands attention? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Unexpected Ways Your Identity Boosts Your Brand

    4:49 - The Top Mistake That’s Causing Listeners to Overlook Your Podcast

    5:13 - Why Mixing Personal Branding With Your Podcast Hurts You

    9:34 - What to Do If Your Podcast Outgrows Your Brand

    12:51 - Why Broad Podcasting Approaches Are Outdated


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Tonya and Michael's podcast: Be Bold Branding


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Q + A | Why Imitating Top Hosts is Hurting Your Podcast Growth Apr 24, 2024

    If watching other successful hosts and imitating what they do was the secret to a successful podcast, then everyone who's mirrored another successful host would have a Top 100 podcast… and we both know that's not the case.

    But how exactly *do* you steer clear of the Podcast Comparison Trap when it feels like other podcasts are the only benchmark for measuring your show's success?

    In this eye-opening episode of Listener Q + A, we’ll unpack why the Podcast Comparison Trap happens, the 5 telltale signs that listeners are overlooking your show, and how embracing your own expertise and distinct voice will help you position your show to stand out amidst the noise of the crowded podcasting landscape.

    Ready to step out of the shadows of comparison and step boldly into the spotlight as an in-demand podcast host? Hit play and let's dive in.

    1:07 - Why Imitating Top Hosts is Hurting Your Podcast Growth

    4:06 - The Real Reason Your Podcast Isn't Growing

    6:49 - 5 Telltale Red Flags Your Podcast Is Blending In

    12:05 - How to Escape the Podcast Comparison Trap for Faster Growth

    17:24 - The Surprising Shift That Helps Others Value You as an Expert


    Special thanks to Beth Schillaci, host of Travel Beyond the Guidebook, for submitting today's question!


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Want More Listener Engagement? Do This | Matt Drinkhan Apr 19, 2024

    It’s no secret that more people are tuning into podcasts than ever before. But with millions of podcasts to choose from, the shows that will excel the most over the next five years are ones who foster two-way communication with their audience, source the right kind of feedback from their listeners, and share hyper-relevant content that connects on a deep and meaningful level.

    Top podcaster and author Matt Drinkhan joins me in this episode to show you three listener engagement strategies you can incorporate starting today to attract new listeners, keep them hooked, and make them excited to come back for more.

    Ready to increase listener engagement and get more listeners choosing your show over the competition? If you're like, “duh yes!” hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:01 - How to Know if You’re Sharing the Right Things on Your Podcast

    4:39 - The One Simple Question that Will Reveal Your Podcast’s Blind Spots

    7:10 - The Secret to Finding Your Most Impactful Stories

    9:23 - Make Your Listeners Feel This to Keep Them Hooked

    10:30 - What to Do When You Feel Like Your Story Isn't Worth Sharing

    13:05 - Why Fumbling Through the Process is Part of Becoming a Great Host


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Matt Drinkhan's podcast: The Eternal Optimist


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    My Most Embarrassing Moment as a Podcaster Apr 17, 2024

    There I was, crying over my analytics dashboard at 10:42 AM. I'd just released my 16th episode and I still hadn’t enrolled a single new client from my podcast.

    I came *this close* to throwing my mic in the garbage and giving up on this whole podcasting thing (and honestly? I have no clue what stopped me). But now looking back, I’m so glad I stuck with it.

    I made three surprising mistakes that caused me to struggle more than I needed to during my first year of podcasting, and I’m breaking down what those three mistakes are inside this episode so that you can avoid them too.

    So if you’re someone who publishes at least one episode every week without fail but you’re still getting less than 1000 downloads per episode, or if people tell you they love your podcast but no one is buying, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - My Most Embarrassing Podcasting Moment (Get Ready to Cringe)

    2:49 - The Dunning Kruger Effect and Its Impact on New Podcasters

    3:57 - The One Moment That Changed Everything

    5:47 - Bigger Audience Means More Sales, Right? Wrong...

    8:24 - Why Consistency Is NOT the "Secret" to Podcasting Success


    Episode Links:

    • Understanding the Dunning-Kreuger Effect | courtesy of Verywell Mind
    • Dunning-Kreuger Effect (visual)


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Here's What Launching a Podcast Looks Like | Rachel Provan Apr 12, 2024

    Hitting 'publish' on your podcast is one thing, but launching a podcast? It's the difference between your show being virtually invisible to listeners or popping off on the charts and grabbing the attention of your perfect listeners worldwide. But while plenty talk about podcasting's benefits for business growth, few provide a proven strategy for launching a podcast that dominates the charts with bingeworthy content that turns listeners into clients.

    That’s why I invited full-time business owner and new podcaster Rachel Provan to join me in this episode, so you can see how strategically launching a podcast...

    → landed her show in the Top 100 in the US + UK

    → grew her email list by 500+ new subscribers in a week

    → earned 45+ reviews and 1000+ downloads in her first 24 hours

    → is now reaching people in over 20+ countries and 1300+ cities around the world

    → is growing 10x faster than the average podcast at a rate of 500+ downloads/week

    So if you want to save yourself hundreds of hours of trial and error and get these same results for your show? Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:03 - The Critical 8-Week Window for Podcast Success

    1:12 - Unlocking Hidden Potential in Niche Podcast Markets

    3:29 - The 3-Part Framework for a Top 100 Podcast

    7:54 - How to Maximize Engagement in Your First Eight Weeks as a Podcast Host

    10:49 - Why Niche Podcasts Grow Faster than General-Interest Podcasts


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Rachel's podcast: Psychology of Customer Success


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Grow Your Podcast by Changing How You Use Email Marketing Apr 10, 2024

    Sending an email blast every time you release a new podcast episode might seem like the right move, but it could actually be stunting your podcast's growth.

    (And inside this episode, I'll reveal why your podcast isn't growing no matter how many "New Episode!" announcement emails you send.)

    When you finish listening, you'll know exactly how to share the type of podcast content your email list wants to read — giving *you* higher open rates and increased downloads. #winwin

    Ready to use your podcast to get more people subscribing to your email list (and get your email subscribers EXCITED to go listen to your podcast)? Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:03 - Why Sending “New Episode!” Emails Won't Grow Your Podcast

    2:58 - Why Your Podcast Should Be at the Top of Your Marketing Funnel

    5:41 - Use Reverse Psychology to Convert Email Readers into Loyal Listeners

    11:06 - Understanding the Two Types of Traffic That Drive Podcast Growth

    12:30 - How Your Podcast Builds Trust and Shortens Sales Cycles


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • Steal This Easy Episode Hack to Grow Your Email List


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Best (and Worst) Ways to Use AI for Your Podcast | Manuj Aggarwal Apr 05, 2024

    With the rise of AI, listeners are becoming more skilled than ever at telling the difference between what’s real and what’s fake.

    Which means that if AI is the sum total of all human wisdom and you’re copy/pasting content from the same tools that every other podcast host is using — you run the risk of sounding like everyone else.

    And if you want to be seen as a real thought leader, the LAST thing you want is for your listeners to think you aren’t who you say you are.

    That’s why global tech founder and AI expert Manuj Aggarwal is back in the studio with me to share the number one way you can teach AI to sound like you, so you can reap its benefits ~without~ compromising your authentic voice. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Want to Stand Out? Personalize Your AI Outputs

    1:10 - AI-Driven Distribution: How to Capture Listener Attention in 3 Seconds

    3:03 - The Best and Worst Ways to Use Podcasting AI for Your Show

    5:13 - AI’s Limitations in Replicating Human Emotion in Podcasting

    8:47 - The Future of AI-Driven Podcasting, and What it Means for You


    Episode Links:

    • Capsho
    • Castmagic
    • PodMatch
    • PodLottery


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy

    • The Future of AI for Podcasting


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Future of AI for Podcasting | Manuj Aggarwal Apr 03, 2024

    A human wrote this. (hey, it needed to be said).

    Look, in today's AI-driven world I KNOW it's tempting to use technology to streamline your processes. But to what extent should you be using AI for your podcast? And is AI actually harming your show’s ability to attract new listeners?

    Put it this way: there'll only ever be one true Picasso. And just like an art expert can spot what's real and what's fake, it's crucial to maintain your podcast's unique identity amid the flood of AI-generated content. Because guess who's becoming the new decoders of authenticity? Yup. Your listeners.

    But instead of trading dollars for priceless works of art, they're trading something even more valuable: their time. And they don't want to spend it listening to impersonators. (YOU are the real deal - I know that. But it's your listeners we have to convince.)

    So I asked global tech founder and AI expert, Manuj Aggarwal, to join me in this episode to discuss how you can use AI without losing your authentic voice.

    Because in a Black Mirror world where everything is a simulation, being real is the new priceless. (Okay fine, so Mastercard won't be hiring me anytime soon.)

    But if you're ready to learn how you can streamline your podcast production without sounding like everyone else who's *also* uploading their episode content into the same AI tools, THAT I can help with. Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:03 - How to Use AI Without Losing Your Authentic Voice

    1:25 - The Future of AI for Thought Leaders and Experts

    2:11 - How to Personalize Podcasting AI to Reflect Your Unique Style and Tone

    7:54 - The Need for New Regulations in an AI-Integrated Society

    11:47 - Innovative Podcasting AI Applications in Podcasting and Beyond


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Choose the Best Category for Your Podcast Mar 29, 2024

    Picking a podcast category feels strangely similar to choosing your next Netflix show to watch — overwhelming and potentially regrettable. And let's be real, Google and YouTube aren't exactly serving up fresh insights when you search “how to choose a podcast category” either (and the info that does exist? it’s already out of date).

    But not to worry, because in this episode I’ll show you the #1 thing platforms like Apple care about when choosing a podcast category, the surprising impact of your podcast category on your show’s growth, and how to determine your ideal podcast category in three simple steps so more people can find your podcast.

    So if you’re ready to grow your podcast audience and get discovered by new listeners who have no idea you exist, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Is Your Podcast in the Wrong Category?

    1:06 - The #1 Thing Apple Cares About When Categorizing Your Podcast

    3:48 - How to Shortlist Potential Categories Your Show Could Fit Into

    5:44 - The Little-Known Secret to Gaining Early Momentum for Your Podcast

    8:49 - How to Determine Your Ideal Podcast Category in 3 Steps

    13:22 - The Surprising Impact of Category Choice on Podcast Success


    Other Episodes You’ll Enjoy:

    • From 30 to 1000+ Downloads in One Day With This Simple Shift


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Down & Dirty Truth About Episode Length Mar 27, 2024

    Okay... what's up with these hosts who love to talk like they're determined to rival Tolstoy with their marathon episodes? (looking at you, Joe Rogan 👀)

    There's this trend going on right now where 39% of episodes are clocking in over 40 minutes. But that doesn't mean listeners are listening that long.

    So basing your episode length off some random google search for "how long should my episodes be" or copying other hosts and making your episodes as long as theirs might actually be causing you to lose listeners.

    The perfect episode length ultimately comes down to your listener's specific preferences — which is why inside this episode, I'm going to you how to figure out exactly how long *your* episodes should be based on your unique listener data.

    Ready for your listeners to do the work for a change and tell you exactly what they want? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - The Dangerous Mistake Most Podcasters Make When Determining Episode Length

    2:20 - The Surprising Metric You're Probably Ignoring (But Shouldn't!)

    5:24 - How to Nail Your Ideal Episode Length from Day 1

    8:16 - Where Your Listener is Tuning in From Matters More than You Think

    10:16 - The Easy 2-Step Process to Optimize Episode Length for Maximum Listener Engagement


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U


    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Ways to Beat the Apple Algorithm | Adam Adams Mar 22, 2024

    Honestly… getting your show on the charts is not as hard as you think it is.

    ~she says, after spending the last 4 years figuring out how to do it well~

    (so, okay, it's a little hard. But this episode will make it SO MUCH easier.)

    If you've ever wondered how top podcasters land their shows on the charts week over week, you're going to want to listen to this episode. again. (and again).

    But instead of giving you vague, general advice like:

    → "publish episodes every week"

    → “make sure you have great audio quality”

    → “give away your best content for free in every episode"

    Adam Adams is back in the studio with me to share exactly how to trigger the Apple algorithms to share your show with more listeners. Ready? Hit play and let's dive in.

    1:35 - The 5 Main Things That Trigger Podcast Algorithms and Boost Your Reach

    4:42 - How Paying for Fake Downloads Can Destroy Your Podcast's Chances of Success

    7:01 - How to Make Apple's Algorithm Work in Your Favor

    10:53 - A Ninja Strategy for Increasing Genuine Ratings, Reviews, and Downloads Without Spending a Dime on Ads

    16:23 - The Secret to Getting Listeners to Binge Your Episodes


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Adam's podcast: The Podcast on Podcasting


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What No One Tells You About Marketing a Podcast | Adam Adams Mar 20, 2024

    When people ask me, "How can I get more listeners to engage with my show?!" My answer is always simple: know what makes your listeners ~want~ to engage in the first place. Because in the world of podcasting, creating valuable content is only half the battle. To grow your podcast, you need to know how to engage your listeners both on and off the podcast platforms with an effective podcast marketing strategy.

    That's why I invited one of the few experts I trust in the podcasting space, Adam Adams, to join me in this episode to show you the most effective ways to keep your audience hooked and coming back for more.

    So if you're ready to stop feeling like you're talking to yourself in an empty room and learn the first steps you can take to help more listeners find your show (especially if you are launching for the first time), hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:55 - The One Thing Your Podcast Needs to Succeed (And nope, it's not great content)

    3:57 - Netflix's Secret to Launching Bingeworthy Shows

    7:40 - The Pre-Launch Strategy that Triggers Algorithms and Creates Buzz

    14:18 - The Top Mistake Podcasters Make When Launching Their Show

    19:04 - Why Social Proof Matters More Than You Think


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Adam's podcast: The Podcast on Podcasting


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Three (Under the Radar) Ways to Use Your Podcast as a Powerful Lead-Gen Tool Mar 13, 2024

    You already know that podcasting is KEY when it comes to growing your authority and thought leadership. But if every time you check your podcast analytics and want to chuck your mic garbage because only four people listened to your episode, you’re not alone. The thing is, when it comes to publishing high-quality podcast content, you’ve got it DOWN.

    You’re already giving your best stuff away for free.

    You publish an episode every week like the experts tell you.

    And people tell you all the time that they love your podcast.

    So… why are you still struggling to convert your listeners to leads?

    This maaay come as a shock, but trying to convert listeners is the slowest path to podcast monetization. CAN it work? Of course. But are there other ways to leverage your podcast as a lead-gen tool for podcast monetization that you might not be thinking about? One hundred percent yes.

    First, though, you need to stop looking to your podcast for leads, and start looking through it. (Don’t worry, explanation incoming). So, if you’re ready to turn your podcast into your numero uno source of organic leads, hit play and let’s dive in.


    Other Episodes You'll Enjoy…

    • Why You Don’t Need a Big Audience to Have a Profitable Podcast
    • If Your Podcast Isn’t Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Podcasting Is Changing Online Business as We Know It | Josh Elledge Mar 12, 2024

    You get a new review every month or two. People tell you they love listening to your show. But… you’re still getting nowhere NEAR the number of leads you thought you’d be getting by now from your podcast. (And for the ridiculous amount of time and energy podcasting takes, you want to be reaching thousands of people — not talking to yourself in an empty room!)

    ^^ If you don’t have a podcast yet? This is basically your worst nightmare.

    The podcasting industry has changed a lot in the 4+ years I’ve been podcasting. The question is, are you changing along with it? This is why I invited Josh Elledge to join me inside this episode to talk about the biggest mistakes to avoid when it comes to integrating a podcast in your marketing strategy, and the number one thing you need to be doing with your podcast right now if your goal is growth.

    And surprisingly? It’s not at all what you’d expect — but it’s going to be more important than ever so you don’t get left behind as the podcasting landscape continues to evolve and grow. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:54 - The Real Reason Successful Entrepreneurs Are Shifting to Podcasting

    3:40 - Don't Make This Rookie Mistake if You Want Your Podcast to Get Noticed

    5:07 - How Podcasting Opens Doors to High-Level Networking

    6:05 - Think Being a Podcast Guest Will Grow Your Biz? Think Again

    8:50 - How Hosting a Podcast Grants You Access to Anyone You Want to Connect With


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Speak the Language of Your Ideal Listener Mar 05, 2024

    You know when you listen to a podcast episode and you’re like, “This is creepy. It’s like they made this just for me. How did they know I needed this?! Are they in my brain?! Woah. HOW DID THEY KNOW?!"

    Well. It’s me, hi. I’m doing it again. If you're wanting to know how to get more listeners to your podcast, this is going to help you BIG TIME.

    That’s because ~THE~ secret to a Top 100 podcast is knowing how to get inside the mind of your ideal listener and solving the very real problems that they have.

    Simple, yes. Easy? well, let's just say thiiis is the part that trips most people up.

    I call it learning how to speak your listener's language — and mastering this is what separates the Top 100 hosts from the wannabe podcasters who DIY'd their cover art, hit record, and called it a day.

    So to save you 4+ years of figuring this out the hard way like I did, here's how to grab the attention of your listener like it's your FREAKING JOB. (Get ready to pay attention and take some notes. I'm talking pens and pencils, people!)

    Attracting more listeners to your podcast boils down to three simple-but-unconventional things. Ready to find out what they are? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - The Simple Strategy Top 100 Podcasts Use to Stand Out

    1:47 - The Surprising Truth About Why Most Podcasts Fail

    4:15 - The 5-Minute Exercise That Helps You Attract the Right Audience

    8:03 - The Key to Crafting Compelling Episodes

    9:14 - How Solving Specific Problems Turns People into Binge-Listeners


    → This episode was recorded on the Deity VO-7U

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    When is the Best Time to Start a Podcast? Feb 27, 2024

    If you’ve toyed with the idea of starting a podcast but haven’t started yours yet, maybe you’ve also wondered if there's a best or better time to start it.

    Then again, if you ask any top podcaster they’ll all tell you the same thing: I’m SO glad I started my podcast when I did.

    So ~is~ there a best time to start a podcast? Sure, there IS some strategy that goes into launching your show effectively and I’m breaking all that down for you inside this episode.

    But even more importantly, you’ll also learn the three things that determine podcast success (and why ‘right timing’ isn’t one of them).

    Ready to stop overthinking and start podcasting? Hit play and let’s dive in.


    Episode Links:

    • How to Rank Your Podcast in the Top 100


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    BTS: Peek Inside My Latest Voice Coaching Session Feb 27, 2024

    In our last episode, we talked about how if you’re struggling to convert listeners to leads from your podcast, it *could* be that you're unknowingly pushing people away with your number one tool for building trust as a podcaster — your voice.

    So in this BONUS episode, I'm sharing a peek into a recent session with my own voice coach, Katherine Beck. She's got an ear for calling out the subtle voice habits, and you’ll immediately be able to hear the impact that nonverbal communication has on your listener engagement in real-time.

    As you listen to this episode, notice where you pay attention and where you start to tune me out — and get ready to take some serious notes so you can apply what Katherine teaches me to your own podcast, too.

    Ready to uncover the secret sauce to being a Top 100 podcaster? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:00 - A Peek Behind the Scenes Into My Latest Voice Coaching Session

    1:46 - Why Relying on a Script Can Make Listeners Tune You Out

    3:21 - How to Build Trust Through Your Voice

    7:20 - When to Ditch the Script and Let Your Instincts Lead the Way

    15:00 - How to Keep Listeners from Dropping Off Mid-Episode


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Katherine Beck's podcast: Speak on More Stages


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    If Your Podcast Isn't Converting Listeners to Leads, This Could Be Why Feb 20, 2024

    SPOILER ALERT: A fancy mic won't make you a successful podcaster. (Okay, fine, maybe that’s obvious.)

    But if you're currently not seeing the conversions you want from your podcast, it might have absolutely nothing to do with how good your microphone is or the quality of your content or how consistently you release episodes.

    It *could* be that you're unknowingly pushing people away with your number one tool for building trust as a podcaster — your voice.

    I don't mean that you somehow got forgotten at the back of the line the day God was handing out angelic voices. I'm talking about how your audience might be tuning you out because of something they're picking up on in your God-given voice.

    Anxiety? They can sense it.

    Self doubt? They can hear it.

    Apologizing when you ask them to take any kind of action? Yup, you guessed it.

    In this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The impact of nonverbal communication on your listener engagement
    • How unconscious sounds in your voice can repel listeners without you realizing it
    • Why your beliefs and thoughts can impact the way your voice is received
    • A behind-the-scenes look at my own journey from struggling to hit six figures to being named among the top 1% of all podcasts globally simply by learning how to use my voice more effectively (and how you can do the same)
    • If you want a podcast that's worthy of being in the Top 100 and make meaningful change in the world through your voice, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:54 - The 93% Rule: How You Say It Matters More Than What You Say

    1:50 - How Your Voice Can Build (or Break) Trust with Your Listeners

    5:29 - The Hidden Impact of Your Voice on Listener Conversions

    7:50 - Why It's About More than Cutting Out Filler Words...

    20:15 - How to Assess and Adjust Your Voice for Better Listener Engagement


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Tracy Goodwin's podcast: Captivate the Room
    • Check out Katherine Beck's podcast: Speak on More Stages


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Running Out of Episode Ideas? Here's What to Do. Feb 13, 2024

    You know that feeling when it's the day before your next podcast episode is supposed to air and you find yourself staring at the keyboard wondering "Omg... what on earth am I going to talk about?!"

    I used to HARDCORE STRUGGLE with coming up with fresh content ideas on my topic when it felt like I'd already talked about everything under the sun — multiple times.

    I had no clue that I was approaching it totally the wrong way, though.

    Too often, podcast hosts (our clients included) think they have to resign themselves to the fact that coming up with content ideas after you've spent 142 episodes talking about everything there is to know about your topic is gonna be a soul-sucking slog from there on out.

    When, really, your case of podcaster's block is actually caused by something else altogether (and once you realize what it is, you're gonna be like "Oh OKAY I can't believe I didn't see it before.”)

    Trust me: creating a podcast that's FUN for you + interesting for your listener is about to get a whoooole lot easier. And once you see it, you'll be cranking out podcast episodes like the Energizer Bunny on steroids. Or with the peak energy of my six year old at 5:30 am every morning.

    If you want to know my secret sauce for obliterating podcaster's block anytime it tries to rear its ugly head, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Not Sure What to Talk About Next On Your Podcast? Here’s Why.

    1:52 - What to Do When You’ve Got Zero Episodes Batched

    4:42 - Why Even Top Podcasters Get Bored with Their Content

    7:01 - The Unexpected Upside of a Podcasting Rut

    11:00 - Three Questions to Spark Fresh Podcast Episode Topics


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why You Don't Need a Big Audience to Have a Profitable Podcast Feb 06, 2024

    “Do I need a big audience to be successful with a podcast?”

    It’s the question that keeps every aspiring podcaster up at night, and I get why — they see all these top podcasters with hundreds of thousands of followers on social media (and an email list worth envying) and assume that to be successful with a podcast, they need that too.

    In fact most people think that people like Amy Porterfield and Tim Ferris and heck, Joe-freakin-Rogan are successful podcasters because they had a big audience when they started their show.

    But nope. It's actually the other way around.

    Being ultra-successful with a podcast isn’t about how big your audience is when you start. It's about knowing how to differentiate yourself to attract the right audience *so that*you can grow.

    If you have a podcast right now that's not growing like you expected it to (OR) if you’re someone who wants to start a podcast this year and make sure it's successful from the jump...

    You’re going to need to know what levers to pull to make sure your show stands out and gets the attention it deserves.

    And in this episode, I'm breaking down the first step to doing exactly that. Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Starting a Podcast? Why You Don't Need a Big Audience to Succeed

    1:25 - Social Media is Dead: Here’s Why

    4:25 - Build Relationships Over Numbers When Starting a Podcast

    7:48 - Why Every Top Podcaster Started from Zero When Starting a Podcast

    11:36 - Learning How to Speak Your Listener’s Language


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    From 30 to 1000+ Downloads in One Day With This Simple Shift Jan 30, 2024

    Is your podcast still bringing in fewer than 1000 downloads per episode? Do you want to start a podcast and avoid hitting the painful plateaus most podcasters hit by Episode 6?

    I hate to break it to you, but waiting around to hit that 1000+ downloads-per-episode milestone is the very thing keeping your podcast stuck.

    Most hosts think, “As long as I’m consistent, my show will grow in time.”

    But if the average show only brings in ~2000 total downloads per year, the REAL question is: how many years are you willing to work to finally start seeing the results you want? (No wonder most hosts quit after Episode 6.)

    In this episode, we’re going behind the scenes of a recent client launch to show you one surprisingly simple shift that took this client from averaging ~30 dnl/episode to over 1000+/dnl per episode in a single day (and how you can too). Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - From 30 to 1,000+ Downloads with One Simple Shift

    1:40 - Avoiding the Biggest Podcast Launch Mistake

    5:41 - The Secret to Climbing Apple’s Charts

    9:50 - Why Buying Downloads Is a Bad Idea

    10:46 - The Surprising Timing Strategy to Increase Your Podcast’s Reach


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Choose a Bingeworthy Name for Your Podcast Jan 23, 2024

    Choosing a podcast name that helps you stand out is the worst thing you can do for your podcast. (Wait, what?) Yep…

    When most people try to find a podcast name that stands out, they unknowingly make one of four major mistakes that causes them to blend right in with everyone else.

    If you really want to know how to choose an effective show title for your podcast that will attract new listeners on repeat, hit play and learn…

    • What no one tells you about naming a podcast
    • The 4 biggest mistakes people make when choosing a podcast name
    • Why you should NOT name your podcast after yourself (this is a BIG problem)
    • Why “having fun with it” and “incorporating your brand personality” won’t work when it comes to creating a podcast name
    • …and other common blunders to avoid when naming a podcast

    By the time you finish this episode, you’ll know ~exactly~ how to choose a name for your podcast that gets more listeners clicking play (and whether it’s time to rename yours). Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:00 - Why Your Podcast Name Matters More Than You Think

    2:07 - The Psychology Behind a Bingeworthy Podcast Name

    6:58 - The Secret to a Podcast Name That Demands Attention

    13:13 - The Critical Element Your Podcast Name Might Be Missing

    20:25 - Merging Strategy and Creativity When Naming Your Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Cover Art Mistakes You Didn't Know You Were Making Jan 16, 2024

    Is your podcast cover art attracting potential new listeners, or are you unknowingly driving them *away* from your show?

    Inside this episode, you’ll find out the answers to questions like,

    • What makes some podcast cover art more effective than others at attracting new listeners?
    • Should you use your photo on your cover art?
    • Do I really need to hire a professional graphic designer or can I get by with using Canva or Fiverr?
    • and more…

    Plus I’ll reveal the results of a recent podcast cover art experiment our team did and show you three big-yet-sneaky mistakes to avoid when it comes to creating podcast cover artwork that stands out.

    If you want to learn how to create riveting cover art that your ideal listeners can’t ignore, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:00 - Why Cover Art is Key to Standing Out in Your Podcast Category

    1:06 - How Canva and Fiverr Designs Are Costing You Listeners

    6:12 - The Psychology Behind Scroll-Stopping Podcast Cover Art

    10:23 - The Role of Unconscious Bias and Why It Matters for Your Cover Art

    13:24 - Should You Use Your Photo on Your Podcast Cover Art?


    Episode Links:

    • pickfu.com


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    We've Spent 4 Years Testing Episode Titles. Here's What Works. Jan 09, 2024

    Have you ever spent hours planning a podcast episode that you KNOW is packed with value, but it gets less than <100 downloads when you publish it? (Frustrating, right?) In this episode, we’re breaking down the subconscious triggers that make listeners hit play — and why your episode titles matter more than you think they do.

    If you’re ready to learn how to title your podcast episodes to attract and engage new listeners so you can create an addictive podcast experience people can't stop raving about, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - The Biggest Reason Listeners Skip Your Show

    2:45 - The Psychology Behind Irresistible episode titles

    5:20 - Four Things You Need to Grab Listener Attention (And Keep It)

    7:22 - The Subconscious Triggers That Make Listeners Click Play

    11:11 - 3 Steps to Crafting Clickable episode titles


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Think You Know Your Podcast Listeners? Think Again. Jan 02, 2024

    How important is your podcast avatar, really? If you want a podcast that increases listeners’ trust in you as the expert and converts those listeners to leads and clients — it’s more than essential. It’s the key to unlocking your podcast's true potential.

    But if you think you know your podcast avatar, think again. Most people haven’t gone deep enough to truly understand their ideal listener. They stop at basic demographics and miss the goldmine of insights that come from digging into psychographics.

    To create a podcast that not only attracts but also engages and converts, you need to make your listener feel like you’re talking only to them, and that takes knowing your listener on a deeper, more personal level. This is where real growth happens.

    So if you’re ready to have listeners hanging on your every word and set yourself apart from 99% of other podcast hosts who aren’t doing this, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - How to Make Your Listener Feel Like the Only Person in the Room

    1:33 - Why Your Podcast Avatar Should Be a Real Person

    7:22 - Why Speaking to One Listener Helps Build Trust and Keep Them Coming Back

    8:51 - How Many Episodes Should You Publish Each Week?


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Stop Losing Listeners to Your Competition Dec 26, 2023

    Most podcast hosts tend to think, “If my content is good enough, people will listen and my show will grow.” And sure, content matters — the quality of your content is what *keeps* people listening. But having good content doesn’t matter one bit if you can’t get listeners to hit play in the first place.

    That’s why inside this episode, I’m letting you listen in on an exclusive interview I did on the Podcast on Podcasting where I break down the five content gatekeepers that your listener has to experience *before* deciding whether to hit play.

    If a listener can’t make it through all five of these gates, they won’t click play — which means they’ll never hear how valuable your content actually is.

    Ready to take your podcast from unheard to unignorable? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - The 5 Content Gatekeepers Standing Between You and Your Listeners

    1:33 - Why Every Podcast Name Must Solve a Real Problem

    4:08 - Why Clear, Problem-Solving Podcast Names Attract More Listeners

    7:22 - Why Focusing on One Listener Helps Build Trust

    11:43 - How to Stop Losing Listeners and Get More Plays


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal This Easy Episode Hack to Grow Your Email List Dec 19, 2023

    The majority of people who start podcasts wind up putting in a LOT of work for very little result. (In fact, less than 2% of people who start podcasts actually succeed).

    But don’t let those numbers deter you. Because if you’re committed to making your podcast work, then all you really need to know is how to put yourself in that 2%.

    Inside this episode, I’m going to teach you one mind-blowingly simple strategy that’ll help you leverage your podcast to grow your email list, so you can start seeing a tangible return on all that time and effort you’re investing into your show.

    So if you’re ready to have a podcast that grows week over week *and* converts listeners to clients on repeat, hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Why Your Email List Won’t Grow Your Podcast (and What Will)

    1:15 - The Key to Long-Term Audience Growth and Sales with Your Podcast

    7:14 - How to Turn Your Podcast into an Email List Growth Machine

    10:08 - Why Most Podcasters Struggle to Grow Their Email List

    12:56 - A Simple Strategy to Convert Listeners into Email Subscribers

    16:45 - How to Increase Podcast Revenue Without Thousands of Downloads


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Rank Your Podcast in the Top 100 Dec 12, 2023

    Ever wonder why most podcasters call it quits after Episode 6, joining the 2.9 million in the Apple Graveyard? It's not because they didn’t have quality content or that there was too much competition.

    The real reason is because they had zero strategy to hit the charts, making their podcasts virtually invisible to new listeners with no way to get discovered.

    That’s why in this episode, you’ll learn…

    • The common mistakes entrepreneurs make when launching podcasts
    • Find out how these mistakes directly impact your podcast's ability to rank
    • Learn the little-known hack that will increase your podcast’s discoverability today so you can ensure your podcast’s growth long-term (keep this one on the DL though, will ya!? ;)

    Ready to get more people discovering your podcast every day without spending any extra effort on marketing? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:02 - Why Most Podcasters Struggle with Discoverability and How to Fix It

    4:25 - Breaking the Top 100 Without a Big Audience

    7:14 - One Simple Change That Can Instantly Boost Your Podcast Discoverability

    11:36 - The One Mistake Sinking Your Podcast Rankings

    13:17 - Starting a Podcast that Turns Listeners into Leads


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Steps to Crafting Podcast Episodes Listeners Can't Ignore Dec 05, 2023

    Did you know there are 5 Content Gatekeepers your listeners must pass before hitting play on your episode? Nail this, and you'll stop potential fans from scrolling past your show.

    In this episode, you’ll learn the secrets to create bingeworthy podcast episodes that:

    • Subconsciously attract new listeners to your show
    • Gets listeners choosing *your* podcast over the competition
    • Compels listeners to reach out and ask, “How do I work with you!?”

    Ready to discover how to create irresistible podcast episodes that listeners will rave about? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Why Most Podcasters Struggle to Stand Out

    2:22 - The Secret to Creating Subconscious Demand for Your Podcast

    4:10 - Why Great Content Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast

    7:07 - How to Optimize Your Podcast Cover Art to Instantly Draw Attention

    11:49 - Why Your Podcast’s First Impression Matters More Than You Think


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Must-Have Ingredients for a Top Podcast Nov 28, 2023

    Got a podcast you want to grow or thinking of launching one? There are three must-have ingredients for hitting the top charts. By the end of this episode, you'll know exactly what these ingredients are, how they work together, and what could go wrong if you're missing any one of them.

    [Spoiler Alert...]

    • Ingredient 1 is the secret sauce for turning listeners into leads…
    • Ingredient 2 is your ticket to climbing those charts…
    • Ingredient 3? it's the unexpected key to building a loyal audience over the long haul

    Curious to know what these ingredients are and how to weave them into your podcast strategy? Hit play and let's dive in.

    0:03 - The Three Key Ingredients for a Top 100 Podcast

    1:26 - Why Bingeworthy Content is Critical to Your Podcast’s Success

    5:15 - Why You Should Relaunch Your Podcast (Even if It's Already Live)

    7:51 - How a Long-Term Growth Strategy Can Keep Your Podcast in the Top 100

    14:05 - How to Create Real Demand for Your Podcast to Get Discovered By More Listeners


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Podcasting Beats Short Form Content Every Time Nov 21, 2023

    Dreaming of launching a Top 100 podcast? There are three things you absolutely need (and no, millions of downloads isn’t one of them). Funny enough, ranking your podcast has nothing to do with audio quality, audience size, or being the biggest expert in the room.

    Before we dive into what it really takes to consistently rank your show, we’ve got to look at the mistakes most podcasters make that keep them from ever reaching the charts.

    By the end of this episode, you’ll know why podcasts often blow short form content out of the water — and the exact mistakes you need to avoid if you want your show to get in front of the right listeners who need your help.

    Ready to get off the short form content hamster wheel and attract some of the best leads you’ll ever find? Hit play and let’s dive in.

    0:03 - Why Short Form Content Isn’t Growing Your Audience

    5:54 - How Podcasts Build Trust and Shorten the Sales Cycle

    9:29 - Why Consistency Alone Won’t Grow Your Podcast

    16:47 - Why Most Experts Remain the Best Kept Secret in Their Industry

    18:04 - How Your Podcast Can Glue Together Your Entire Marketing Strategy


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Signs It's Time to Rebrand Your Podcast Nov 14, 2023

    If you have a podcast but haven't seen a significant increase in downloads in the last 3 months...

    If you're still not converting listeners to leads no matter how much high-value content you share...

    If you've changed up your cover art or show title within the last six months but it hasn't made a difference...

    It might be time to look under the hood at what's really causing your plateau.

    In this episode, find out the what + why behind our recent podcast rebrand, plus 4 key indicators it's time to rebrand your podcast.

    0:03 - Is Your Podcast Title Causing Listeners to Overlook Your Show?

    7:24 - Four Key Signs It’s Time to Rebrand Your Podcast

    10:58 - Why Listeners Say They Love Your Podcast but Don't Convert

    13:10 - Why Your Podcast Isn’t Getting the Engagement You Want (And How to Fix It)

    14:37 - What a Podcast Rebrand Really Means for You


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Write a Sales Page that Actually Converts | Annie Ruggles Nov 07, 2023

    You’ve probably written your fair share of sales pages. But how are they converting?

    If the answer is “not as well as I’d like it to!” then you’re in luck. Because the gifted Annie Ruggles is BACK this week with a special bonus episode where she breaks down exactly what to do to write a sales page that actually converts

    When you listen, you’ll learn:

    • The surprising reason why most sales pages flop
    • The secret to a sales page that actually makes people want to buy
    • The truth about testimonials: how to use them, and what to avoid
    • The brilliant “sandwich hack” that will increase clicks on every buy button
    • (and much more!)


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Annie's podcast: Too Legitimate to Quit
    • Connect with Annie


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 About Page Mistakes to Stop Making Now | Annie Ruggles Oct 31, 2023

    Pop Quiz: Which page on your website is the hardest one to write?

    If you answered About Pages, you’re right. GONE are the days where you could write a 14-paragraph monologue about the history of your entrepreneurial journey because guess what? No one cares.

    There IS a right and a wrong way to write an About Page though. Annie Ruggles joins me on the show to clear up the confusion so you can learn how to write an About Page people actually want to read.

    When you listen, you’ll learn:

    • 3 common About Page mistakes that cause people to click away
    • How to identify the parts of your story people actually care about
    • The About Page Framework that keeps people reading
    • How much to include (and what to leave out)
    • (and more!)

    Episode Links:

    • Check out Annie's podcast: Too Legitimate to Quit
    • Connect with Annie


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Your Team is Underperforming | Matt Lesser Oct 24, 2023

    As an entrepreneur, there’s literally NOTHING more frustrating than hiring team members who don’t perform like you expected them to.

    But is it *their* fault? Or is it because your team leadership skills need improvement? (Let’s be real — we ALL could use a little help when it comes to building high-functioning teams).

    Matt Lesser has spent the past 20 years helping leaders like you build high-functioning teams in over 40+ countries. Today, he’s here to help you do the same.

    Listen now and learn:

    • Why your team is underperforming
    • The 3 principles of a high-functioning team
    • How to tell if your team members are unsatisfied
    • The team leadership styles that work best (and worst)
    • Which personality assessments to use (and which ones to avoid)


    Episode Links:

    • Book | Unsatisfied: When Less is More
    • Book | Unengaged: Build Flourishing Organizations
    • Check out Matt's podcast: The Eternal Optimist
    • Connect with Matt


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Surprising Reason Your Audience Scrolls Past Your Content Oct 17, 2023

    Okay, we KNOW you’ve heard about limiting beliefs. (You're an online business owner, duh). But ~did you know~ your unconscious mind can influence how you look and how you sound to others?!

    Find out about the inner workings of your brain and the surprising impact it has on how your audience sees you.

    Listen in and learn:

    • The REAL reason your audience doesn’t feel connected to you
    • Two surprising ways your thoughts influence your online presence
    • How your unconscious mind can interfere with your ability to express yourself
    • PLUS: The biggest lesson learned from facing my own fear of rejection


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    This Counterintuitive Pitching Approach Will Help You Close More Sales | Anthony Garcia Oct 10, 2023

    If you’re tired of hearing “let me think about it” or “can you send me more info” at the end of a sales call — don’t skip this episode!

    World-renowned sales expert Anthony Garcia is back this week to show you exactly how to position your pitch so you can close the sale on the call in integrity and get more prospects genuinely excited to work with you.

    Listen now and learn:

    • How to effortlessly transition to the pitch
    • How to elevate your expertise and credibility during the pitch
    • Four psychological keywords you should include in your pitch
    • How to overcome objections before they happen and easily close the sale


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Anthony’s podcast: Catapulting Commissions
    • Connect with Anthony


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Do This to Increase Conversions on Your Discovery Calls | Anthony Garcia Oct 03, 2023

    Did you know that low conversion rates could mean you aren’t *actually* speaking your prospect’s language? (even though we both know you totally think you are!)

    This is a (very) common problem, and Anthony Garcia is here to help you solve it. As a world-renowned sales expert who built a team of over 100 sales reps at the age of 22, Anthony is going to teach you how to increase enrollments on your discovery calls by 50% or more with communication that converts.

    AKA if you haven’t yet scaled your business to the point where you can outsource your sales and discovery calls, this episode is for you!

    Listen now and learn:

    • Exactly what to say (and what NOT to say) on discovery calls
    • How to make a strong first impression on your prospect so you immediately earn their trust
    • Why you should avoid “coaching” during your discovery calls (and what to do instead)
    • The #1 mental shift you need to approach your discovery calls with confidence


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Anthony’s podcast: Catapulting Commissions
    • Connect with Anthony


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Build a Recession Proof Business | Alejandra Santos Sep 26, 2023

    Is your business equipped to survive a recession?

    As a financial analyst and consultant for some of today’s most-recognized brands, Alejandra Santos joins us today to walk you through the essential — but invisible — elements you need to build a recession-proof business so that you’re fully equipped to overcome unexpected financial setbacks.

    Listen now and learn:

    • The #1 way to increase sales in a slow economy
    • How to make quick but wise decisions about your business finances
    • How to recognize (and take advantage of) opportunities during a recession
    • Why independent revenue streams can help you multiply your equity for a recession-proof business


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Alejandra’s podcast: Scale to Exit
    • Connect with Alejandra: Website | LinkedIn


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    2 Reasons You Don't Have Clarity In Your Business Right Now Sep 19, 2023

    One thing that’s true about entrepreneurship is that the future is never certain.

    If you’re experiencing a recent pivot in your business, this episode reveals the two things you can do to find clarity whenever you find yourself in a season of change or uncertainty.

    Listen now and learn:

    • The real reason you’re unsure how to move forward in your business
    • Two things you can do to find clarity amidst a business pivot
    • How to tell when it’s time for your company to evolve
    • Why entrepreneurship often requires you to let go of something good to make room for something great

    PLUS: Get a behind-the-scenes look at how we navigated a major pivot this year within our own company


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Must-Have Ingredients for a High Performing Team | JM Ryerson Sep 12, 2023

    When you’re scaling a business from six to seven figures, there is nothing more frustrating than hiring people to take things off your plate only to have to step in and fix the problems you hired them to solve for you.

    JM Ryerson is here today to help you learn how to build a high-performing team who actually meets their KPIs, takes initiative, and does the work you hired them to do so you can get the support you need and stay focused on what matters most.

    Listen now and learn:

    • The 3 core things you MUST include in every single job description
    • The counterintuitive interview strategy to instantly determine someone’s level of integrity
    • How to avoid the Helicopter CEO Trap that’s crushing your team’s morale and impacting your revenue
    • How to actually let go of the work you’ve been afraid to let go of and build a high-performing team you can trust


    Episode Links:

    • Drive by Daniel Pink
    • Check out JM's books, Let’s Go Win and Upgrade
    • Check out JM's podcast: Let’s Go Win
    • Connect with JM: Website | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What No One Tells You About 7-Figure Success | Sara Wiles Sep 05, 2023

    When you started your entrepreneurial journey, did you dream of creating a 6- or 7-figure business, all while working fewer hours with more flexibility?

    For many business owners, that’s the ultimate goal, but oftentimes the reality of building and sustaining a 7-figure business isn’t quite what they pictured.

    No one knows this better than today’s guest, Sara Wiles, a successful 7-figure business owner, who’s here to share the lessons she learned the hard way, so you don’t have to.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The biggest myths about growing a 7-figure business that no one tells you
    • The thing that royally screwed up Sara’s journey to building a 7-figure business
    • How you can scale your business — without losing yourself or your sanity in the process


    Episode Links:

    • VA Matchmaking
    • Connect with Sara: Website | Instagram | TikTok


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Your Voice Creates Your Legacy Aug 29, 2023

    How are you currently using your voice to make a difference in the world?

    As an entrepreneur, you may not often think about the power of using your voice, but it truly is one of our greatest tools — and one that far too many people underutilize.

    Today, I’m sharing my journey to using my voice more effectively and, most importantly, how and why you should do this, too.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why using your voice matters now and for future generations
    • How using your voice will set you apart as a thought leader
    • The way to use your voice more effectively now to grow your legacy


    Episode Links

    • Hidden Messages in Water by Dr. Masaru Emoto


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    From Addiction to Abundance: How to Rise from Rock Bottom | Samuel Smith Aug 22, 2023

    Do you suffer from a work addiction?

    You may not think of yourself as an addict, but addiction is rampant among entrepreneurs — especially addiction to our businesses, and it’s this work addiction that’s keeping you from the freedom and fulfillment you crave.

    Today’s guest, Samuel Smith, is here to share how he lost TWO seven-figure businesses and his marriage because of addiction, AND how he’s built back his life with the right fundamentals and stewardship to ensure long-term success.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why work addiction is the hidden addiction that entrepreneurs are most susceptible to
    • The biggest misconceptions about building a 7-figure business
    • The 4 levels of entrepreneurship and how to identify which one you’re in
    • The highest ROI activities every entrepreneur needs to focus on to avoid work addiction and still succeed


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Samuel’s podcast: The Small Business Surgeon
    • Connect with Sam: Website | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Overcome High-Functioning Anxiety as an Entrepreneur | Hayden Finch Aug 15, 2023

    How many entrepreneurs do you know with high-functioning anxiety?

    This number is likely a lot higher than you think because, unlike other forms of anxiety, high-functioning anxiety is easy to hide.

    That’s why today, I asked Dr. Hayden Finch to join us and share how to navigate anxiety as a business owner while also maintaining a successful entrepreneurial journey.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The surprising root causes of burnout
    • 7 signs you have high-functioning anxiety
    • How to overcome high-functioning anxiety as an entrepreneur and still have a thriving business

    Episode Links:

    • Surface Pressure from “Encanto” by Jessica Darrow
    • Book: The Psychology of Procrastination
    • Book: The 12-Week Journal to Change Your Habits
    • Connect with Dr. Hayden


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Surprising Secrets of a Top 100 Podcast Aug 08, 2023

    What does it take to have a top 100 podcast?

    It’s no surprise that ranking as a top 100 podcast can be game-changing for your business, but for many entrepreneurs getting there feels like a pipe dream.

    Today, I’m sharing why it’s 100% achievable for you as I break down my proven podcasting methodology that’s helped successfully launch and rank this podcast and dozens of others!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why having a top 100 podcast can generate massive sales for your business
    • How I’ve helped over four dozen coaches and consultants launch and rank their top 100 podcasts
    • The way you can apply my methods to your podcast, too


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Start Thinking Like a Champion | Cam Awesome Aug 01, 2023

    What does a championship mindset have to do with being an entrepreneur?

    In business ownership, occasional failures and missteps are inevitable, and with a championship mindset, you can embrace these challenges as stepping stones to your success.

    And today’s guest, Cam Awesome, America's #1 Heavyweight Boxer, is here to help as he reveals his proven secrets to building mental toughness and confidence!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The “Experience Quotient” (EQ) that every entrepreneur needs as they develop their championship mindset
    • Why focusing on the outcome is a recipe for failure (and what to do instead)
    • The truth about confidence and how to strengthen yours


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Cam: Website | Twitter | Instagram | Linked In
    • Watch Counterpunch on Netflix


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 3 Deadly Sins of Entrepreneurship (Part 3) Jul 25, 2023

    As an entrepreneur, how often do you overcommit yourself?

    I’ll be the first to admit there have been times I’ve opened my Google calendar, and the proof of overcommitment was staggering.

    This is a sin most business owners are guilty of, but today, we’re talking about how to conquer it before it sabotages your success (and your happiness!).


    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The evidence and effects of over commitment in your life and business
    • What’s at the root of your people-pleasing tendencies and how to stop
    • The two things you can do today to overcome the habit of overcommitting


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 3 Deadly Sins of Entrepreneurship (Part 2) Jul 18, 2023

    What costly entrepreneur mistakes are you making in your business?

    I hate to admit it, but there have been some entrepreneur mistakes I’ve made on repeat — and one in particular that kept me from reaching my revenue goals for FIVE years!

    In this second part of our deadly business sins series, I’m revealing what that mistake was and how you can move past it, too.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • One of the most common entrepreneur mistakes and why it’s so bad for your business
    • Entrepreneur mistakes I’ve made and what was really behind them
    • How to take your next steps toward the success you crave


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 3 Deadly Sins of Entrepreneurship Jul 11, 2023

    What are your biggest business mistakes since becoming an entrepreneur?

    While many slipups can derail your dreams, three common business mistakes keep many entrepreneurs from having a larger impact.

    This week is the first in a three-part series where I’m unveiling the three deadly entrepreneurial sins sabotaging your success.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The business mistakes I’ve made — usually without even knowing it
    • Opportunities you have right now and why these common business mistakes could keep you from taking advantage of them
    • The reason most of us delay making decisions and what happens as a result


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Start Charging What You're Worth | Sheila Anderson Jul 04, 2023

    How would you describe the visual identity of your brand?

    Your visual identity is one of the most important parts of your business because from the split-second someone encounters your brand, they’re unconsciously deciding whether they want to hear more from you.

    Thankfully, today’s guest, Sheila Anderson, is an expert at helping businesses elevate their visual presence to raise the value of their brand, and she’s here to share her secrets with you!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How to know what your brand is conveying with your current visual identity
    • Why even the colors you wear are either attracting or repelling your perfect client
    • The way to harness your brand’s visual identity to charge what you’re worth and become a respected thought leader


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Sheila: Website | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Identify Your Biggest Time Leaks in Business Jun 27, 2023

    How good are you at time management?

    While time management may not seem like one of the most important skills to learn as an entrepreneur, it’s something that can make or break your growth.

    We only have so many hours in the day, and today, I’m sharing how you can make the most of this limited resource.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why time management is so essential if you want to scale
    • How to tap into the unlimited resources you have as a business owner
    • The time management method I use and how to harness its power for your business, too


    Episodes Links

    • Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Future of Online Courses: Are They Still Effective? | Jasmine Jonte Jun 20, 2023

    How often have you considered adding an online course to your offers?

    Maybe you already have an online course, and it tanked, OR you’re worried about putting all of that time and effort into something that won’t bring an ROI.

    The truth is many people fail to get results with a course, but with help from today’s guest, Jasmine Jonte, you can beat the odds and find incredible success with your online course!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How to scale a business with an online course that’s as binge-worthy as Netflix
    • Why most digital business courses fail to deliver results and what you should do differently
    • The 3 biggest reasons you should outsource part or all of your course creation


    Episode Links:

    • jasminejonte.com/netflix
    • Connect with Jasmine


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Know When It’s Time to Pivot | Laura Meyer Jun 13, 2023

    When was the last time the fear of failure had you questioning if it was time to burn down your business?

    As entrepreneurs, the fear of failure and the overwhelm it brings affects ALL of us at some point.

    Today’s guest, Laura Meyer, knows this firsthand, and she’s here to share how those dark valleys are the most fertile ground for the success and growth

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How Laura has repeatedly faced the fear of failure and still managed to scale seven different 6- and 7-figure businesses
    • Her best tools for helping you overcome the fear of failure in your business and how to know when it’s time to pivot
    • Why it’s not the big decisions but the small decisions you make every day that have the greatest impact on your success


    Episode Links:

    • Book: The Dip by Seth Godin
    • Book: Win Win by Laura Meyer
    • Check out Laura's podcast: The Joybrand Podcast
    • Connect with Laura: Website | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Truth About Perfection Jun 06, 2023

    What goal are you currently putting on the back burner in your online business?

    As entrepreneurs, we’ve all been guilty of holding out for the perfect timing to take that next step in our online business, but if you wait too long, you WILL miss out.

    If you’re ready to become a respected thought leader in your industry, it’s time for action, and I’m here to help you take it!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How to break free from the trap of perfection as an online business owner
    • Why there’s no one “right” way to run your online business
    • What you can do today to stop postponing your life, your dreams, and your online business goals


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Secret to a Bingeworthy Brand | Jay Jay May 30, 2023

    What about your current brand identity draws in the most people?

    Marketing experts say you need professional photos, brand colors, a logo, compelling content, a gorgeous website, and so much more, but these things aren’t the real secret to creating a binge-worthy brand.

    Today’s guest, Jay Jay, is trusted by some of the most notable brands in history, and he’s here to reveal how you can build a brand people can’t get enough of!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How Jay created his brand identity as a magician that led him to 57 million views on YouTube
    • Why your presence is your greatest marketing tool
    • The way you can build a brand people will rave about


    Episode Links:

    • Ace of Spades Agency
    • Connect with Jay: Instagram | LinkedIn


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Turn Your Trials into Triumphs | Fitz Koehler May 23, 2023

    What are a few words to describe your mindset recently?

    If you’ve been going through a tough season, it’s easy to feel like everything is hard and to allow yourself to slip into survival mode.

    Today’s guest, Fitz Koehler, knows firsthand what it's like to face unexpected obstacles, and she reveals how she took back control over her mental health and came out stronger.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why your current mindset is causing you to feel trapped
    • What you need to do to get out of survival mode
    • How how to face adversity head-on so you can reclaim your mental health and get back in the driver's seat of your life


    Episode Links:

    • Books
    • Connect with Fitz: Instagram | LinkedIn | YouTube


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Your Expertise is Enough May 16, 2023

    How many more courses or certifications do you need to become an expert and thought leader in your niche?

    The correct answer is NONE.

    No matter where you are in your online business journey, if you’re ready to own your expertise and finally write that book, host that podcast, or give that Ted Talk, this one is for you!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why most of the thought leaders you follow don’t know more than you
    • What these online business owners did differently to set themselves apart
    • The simple way you can become an expert in your niche before reading another book, getting another certificate, or taking another class


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Your Missing Piece to Massive Audience Growth | Gary Arndt May 09, 2023

    How much audience growth have you seen in the last 60 days?

    If you answered “very little” or “none,” you’re not alone. Many digital business owners are marketing themselves everywhere, only to be met with the same results.

    Today, I’m chatting with expert Gary Arndt about why all those complicated business growth strategies don’t work and the one thing you need to catapult your brand.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How Gary created massive audience growth for his brand during the pandemic
    • The one tool he used that’s more powerful than all of your current marketing and business growth strategies combined
    • How you can use this tool in your digital business now


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Gary
    • Check out Gary's podcast: Everything Everywhere Daily


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Stop Setting Goals You Don't Hit | Alden Mills May 02, 2023

    How confident do you feel about setting goals?

    If you’re like me (and most online entrepreneurs), you’ve set and failed to meet many goals since opening your business.

    But meeting goals doesn’t have to feel hopeless when you know how to set them the right way, and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Alden Mills, teaches us in this conversation.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The real reason some online entrepreneurs are always meeting goals while others struggle to even set them
    • The seemingly hidden things you have to know before setting goals in your business
    • Why you can’t stop dreaming and how to accomplish your dreams using your own personal positivity gym


    Episode Links:

    • Download the GoalBud app
    • Connect with Alden: YouTube | Twitter | LinkedIn | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Game-Changing Habit That Helped Me Double My Business Revenue Apr 25, 2023

    What if you could double your revenue with just one simple habit?

    If you're struggling to meet your online business goals, listen up. This isn't another routine that you've heard a million times before.

    In fact, it's the single habit that transformed my business, and can do the same for you.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The surprisingly simple habit that doubled my business revenue
    • Why your current morning routine or deep breathing exercises won't cut it when it comes to overcoming unexpected entrepreneurial challenges
    • How this approach will give you the edge you need to succeed in the digital business space


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Best Ways to Build Passive Income In Your Business | Nate Lind Apr 18, 2023

    When you started your digital business, did you begin with the end in mind?

    I know I didn’t, but as entrepreneurs trying to grow a business, it’s important to consider how your business will one day run without you.

    Today’s guest, Nate Lind is here to share the best ways to build passive income into a business that could be sold.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How to grow a business and increase its value
    • Where you should look if you want to create more passive income
    • What NOT to do if you want to build a digital business that can run without you


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Nate


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How Embracing Problems Can Unlock Your Full Potential Apr 11, 2023

    What problems are you currently experiencing in your online business?

    You may not believe it, but these problems could be THE key to unlock your potential.

    This week, I walk you through a simple exercise to help you explore what keeps you stuck as you try to grow a business AND how to move past it!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The surprising question my therapist asked me and the way it can help you unlock your potential
    • An easy exercise to uncover what is holding you back in your online business
    • The way to embrace your problems and grow a business because of them — not despite them


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Tips for Navigating the Unexpected While Growing Your Business Apr 04, 2023

    What was the last unexpected thing that got in the way of running and growing your business?

    Whether it was the internet going down or sickness running through your household (again), the fact is there will always be unexpected challenges as a digital business owner.

    And while you can’t stop the unexpected from happening, you can find new ways to navigate it that will make all of the difference for your business — AND for your mental health.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • The details of my recent trip to the ER with my son and other unexpected events that have affected my life as a mom and a digital business owner
    • The tips that will allow you to keep growing your business when life gets challenging
    • Why looking for the good is necessary — especially for your own mental health


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Silence Your Inner Dictator | Tracy Crossley Mar 28, 2023

    How would you define insecure attachment?

    Even if you know what insecure attachment is, you’ve likely never thought about how it relates to your ability to run and grow a business successfully.

    In this episode, Tracy Crossley walks you through the insecure attachment styles that keep you from getting what you want in your online business and your life — plus, she’s revealing how to overcome them!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • What insecure attachment styles are and examples of how they show up in your work
    • Why insecure attachment prevents you from moving through adversity and makes you fragile — both in your personal life and your online business
    • How to understand your unique patterns and triggers, so you can overcome insecure attachment and become unstoppable as you grow your business


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Tracy's podcast: Freedom from Attachment
    • Connect with Tracy


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Insider Secrets for Landing a TEDx Talk | Michael Marcial Mar 21, 2023

    As an online business owner, which of these pillars are you currently excelling at: marketing, selling, or fulfillment (aka onboarding new people into your offers and programs)?

    If you’re like most digital entrepreneurs, you’re good at one or two of these crucial components of success, but you’ve yet to master all three.

    Well, today’s guest, Michael Marical, reveals how having your very own TEDx talk can help you with all three in one fell swoop!

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • How Michael went from living in his car to bringing in tens of millions of dollars in new offline and online business
    • Why having one 15-minute TEDx Talk can do more for your marketing and lead generation than thousands of hours on Instagram or TikTok
    • How you can begin to hone your big idea, clarify your message, and share that message with the world


    Episode Links:

    • thought-leader.com
    • thought-leader.com/TEDxmasterclass


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Surprising Truth about What's Limiting You Mar 14, 2023

    What monthly income do you wish you made in your online business?

    No matter your goal, something is limiting you from getting there.

    In this episode, we will explore the surprising truths that are getting in your way as you try to grow a business.

    Inside this episode, you’re going to learn:

    • Why you are not the one limiting your growth — despite what you’ve been told
    • The simple 5-step process to uncover what’s actually holding you back
    • How to use this process to grow a business to 5-figure (and even 6-figure) months


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How To Grow Through What You Go Through Mar 07, 2023

    When was the last time you experienced a major breakthrough as an online business owner?

    For me, the biggest breakthroughs always follow breakdowns in my life.

    The truth is there’s so easy-button way out of challenges, but in today’s podcast, I’m sharing what happens when you persist through them and develop antifragility as a result!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The recent breakdown I experienced and what it has meant for me as an online business owner
    • How to increase your capability to grow a business and thrive as a result of stressors, chaos, and mistakes — not in spite of them
    • What antifragility is and how it will change your life and business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How Much Time Is Your Inbox Costing You? Feb 28, 2023

    How many hours of productivity has your inbox cost you?

    For most digital business owners, it’s too many to count!

    But that stops here... If you’re ready to reign in your email and get back TONS of time as an online entrepreneur, this episode is for you.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • Practical inbox strategies for reclaiming your time and increasing your productivity
    • A simple system to streamline your email workflow as an online entrepreneur
    • The automated email that changed everything in our digital business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Hidden Slack Gems That Will Improve Your Team Communication Feb 21, 2023

    On a scale from 1 to 10, how clear is your current team communication?

    It’s easy in a digital business for endless email chains and cluttered group chats to leave everyone feeling overwhelmed and unorganized.

    That’s why in this week's episode, I’m giving you the hidden gems you need to streamline your communication and increase your productivity within your team.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The best way to establish (and maintain) clear team communication
    • Why it’s essential in a digital business for your team to communicate well with you and with each other
    • The reason my team uses Slack for communication and the bonus hacks we’ve discovered that have increased our productivity


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    7 Signs It’s Time to Hire Help Feb 14, 2023

    Do you have trouble admitting when you need to hire help in your online business?

    Even before becoming an entrepreneur, recognizing when I needed help was a huge struggle, but eventually, I had to learn how to do it.

    In this episode, I share the practical first steps I took to get the help that ultimately allowed me to grow a business to 6 figures — while working just 20 hours a week.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The reason all visionary leaders have to eventually hire help
    • Why you can grow a business faster when you know how to ask for help
    • The signs that mean it’s time to hire help in your online business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Overcome Setbacks in Business Feb 07, 2023

    Be honest... how are you really doing?

    As an online entrepreneur, this road is hard sometimes, but finding a way to overcome setbacks is essential — not just for the sake of your digital business, but for YOU as a human.

    That’s why today, we’re exploring my proven solution to dealing with unexpected challenges and the unique opportunity that waits for you inside every adversity.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • About the challenges I’ve been facing recently in my life and digital business
    • A method I’ve developed to overcome setbacks called the resiliency principle
    • Why it’s imperative that you, as an online entrepreneur, learn this now


    Episode Links:

    • For my visual friends, click here to check out the anti-fragility image I mention in this episode.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Surprising Content Mistakes that are Costing You Clients | Brandon Lucero Jan 31, 2023

    What was the last thing you posted online that went completely unseen, unheard, or unengaged with?

    Because, as online entrepreneurs, we’ve ALL been there! And when you’re working hard to grow a business, nothing feels worse or more defeating.

    That’s where today’s guest, Brandon Lucero, comes in. He’s here to reveal the biggest content mistakes you’re making AND what to do instead!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The common content mistakes almost all online entrepreneurs make — no matter how far along they are in their businesses
    • How to add value without giving more information in your content
    • The fastest way to increase engagement, build an audience, and grow a business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Invisible Barriers Keeping You from Ultimate Success | Gay Hendricks Jan 24, 2023

    As an online business owner, how would you describe yourself?

    Whatever your answer was, I’m guessing the word “genius” wasn’t a part of it — but if you want to grow a business in a fulfilling way, it’s time to admit that’s what you are!

    And today’s guest, Gay Hendricks, is here to help you identify your unique zone of genius AND how you can move past the fears that keep you from embracing it.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • What the “Upper Limit problem” is and how it’s keeping you from living the full expression of your zone of genius
    • The three other zones we tend to get trapped in, particularly as online business owners, when we deny our genius and settle for ‘good enough’
    • Practical steps you can take to identify your unique genius that will help you grow a business today


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Simple Secret to Enrolling More Clients (Part Two) Jan 17, 2023

    As a digital business owner, how do you solve your potential customer’s problem?

    Last week, I revealed that your future clients view everything through the lens of their current problem, and in order to speak to them effectively in your marketing, you HAVE to understand this.

    Now, I’m taking you a step further and showing you how to put this concept into action to increase sales for your business now.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The difference between what you offer as a digital business owner and what you sell — and why this difference matters!
    • What you have to teach people in your marketing
    • Why you don’t need to fabricate urgency to increase sales in your business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Simple Secret to Enrolling More Clients (Part One) Jan 10, 2023

    When your business isn’t bringing in the clients you need, do you question your programs or your marketing of those programs?

    For many digital business owners, if they aren’t making sales, they automatically go to offering something new.

    Today, I’m sharing why this is the wrong approach and the subtle yet simple marketing idea you can implement now to sell out your current services!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What you HAVE to understand about your potential customers before you start marketing to them
    • The easiest way to increase sales without changing a single thing about your offers
    • How other digital business owners are using this marketing idea to max out their programs and waitlists


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Reasons You Aren’t Hitting Your Revenue Goals Jan 03, 2023

    What are your revenue goals for this year?

    Most digital business owners kick off January with some BIG goals, and if this is you, listen up!

    Because today, I’m spelling out the five obstacles that can keep you from hitting your goals and hinder your ability to grow a business in 2023.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The reasons you may have missed the mark with last year’s revenue goals
    • The five mistakes that keep most digital business owners from upping their income
    • What really makes the difference if you want to grow a business to 6 or 7 figures this year


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why You Should Stop Making New Year's Resolutions Dec 27, 2022

    What was the last New Year’s Resolution you actually kept as an online business owner?

    If you’re drawing a blank, you’re in good company!

    There’s a reason why today’s industry leaders don’t make them AND why you should abandon this practice too if you want to hit your goals and grow a business in the new year.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The New Year’s Resolutions I made in the first few years of my business and why I never accomplished them
    • The key difference between setting goals and hitting goals as an online business owner
    • Why your current goal setting methods are only good in theory and what actually has to change if you want to grow a business this year


    Episode Links

    • 10 Reasons You Should Ditch New Year's Resolutions
    • Atomic Habits


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Systems You Need to Hit Six Figures Dec 20, 2022

    How many different marketing and business growth strategies did you try this year only to still fall short of your revenue goals?

    Whatever the number, you aren’t alone in your efforts or your disappointment... AND it’s not your fault.

    The real reason you can’t get on top of things in your business is because you’re lacking the four key business systems that ALL companies need to thrive — no matter their size, industry, or niche.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The way to stop spinning your wheels with marketing that no one seems to want
    • Four SIMPLE systems that are foundational to all other business growth strategies
    • An understanding of WHY these business systems are so essential and how they work together to help you grow


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Is It Time to Grow Your Team? Here's How to Tell | Jodi Flynn Dec 13, 2022

    How comfortable are you when it comes to taking steps to grow your team?

    For many online business owners, the idea of bringing more people into their company can be daunting.

    But if you want to grow a business successfully, finding the right people at the right time to support you is a necessity — and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Jodi Flynn, is here to help us unpack!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why you’ve been able to achieve some of your goals as an online business owner, but not others
    • The biggest thing keeping you from taking the steps needed to grow your team
    • How to ensure every goal you set is aligned with your skills and strengths


    Episode Links:

    • To get a copy of Jodi’s five key questions to ask yourself to evaluate your current belief systems, click here.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Stop Overthinking Dec 06, 2022

    How many times have you caught yourself overthinking things in your online business today?

    Overthinking is something we ALL experience as digital business owners and honestly, it’s what keeps us stuck!

    Surprisingly though, the answer is NOT learning how to stop overthinking — and that’s exactly what we’re diving into with today’s episode.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The key to stop overthinking (HINT: It’s not what you’d expect!)
    • Why trying to always make the right decision in your online business is actually slowing your growth
    • The reason digital business owners have to be more flexible than bigger corporations


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Your Program Isn’t Selling Like You Want It To (and How to Fix It) Nov 29, 2022

    What have your conversion rates been like this year in your online business?

    If you feel like, despite your best marketing efforts, you’re still falling short, listen up because I’m sharing the secret behind our latest launch and why it was such a huge success!

    In this episode, I’m revealing the biggest shift we made in our social media and email marketing and how you can apply this to your business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Why our online business’s latest launch saw way more engagement and results than previous launches
    • What you need to focus on in your marketing now
    • Examples of how you can make simple but highly effective shifts in everything from your social media to your email marketing


    -


    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why You Should Manage Your Energy, Not Your Time Nov 22, 2022

    As an online business owner, how many years have you gone into the holiday season saying, “This time will be different. I’ll balance the busyness AND finish the year strong!”?

    Truthfully, this was always my hope, but rarely my reality as I tried to grow a business AND juggle everything else.

    Until I learned that the key was NOT managing your time, but rather managing your ENERGY — and this is exactly what I’m breaking down for you today!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why learning to manage your energy is the secret sauce to getting through not just the holidays, but any busy or unexpected season
    • The two types of time you have and why understanding them can help you grow a business
    • What you have control over as an online business owner and how to harness it


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Hidden Revenue Stream You're Ignoring In Your Business | Grant Baldwin Nov 15, 2022

    What is one marketing asset in your online business that you’re not currently tapping into? (HINT: You already have this in your possession!)

    If you’re not sure what the answer is, this episode is where you need to be!

    Today’s guest, Grant Baldwin is an expert at helping people share their meaningful messages with the masses as they also grow a business (he’s actually the one who gave me the courage to do this!).

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How to show up as a voice of authority as an online business owner
    • The way to make your marketing content more engaging and relatable
    • How to exponentially grow a business as you reach new audiences with your message


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Key Systems of a 7-Figure Business | Kate Erickson Nov 08, 2022

    As a digital entrepreneur, how often do you feel like you’re running your business by the seat of your pants?

    The more scattered you feel in your business, the more you also feel like your dream of learning how to earn more and work less just isn’t possible.

    Thankfully, today’s guest, Kate Erickson, is here to share with you that it’s not only possible, but she’s giving you the inside scoop on the business systems you need to get there!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The 3 things you need as a digital entrepreneur before you can put a content system in place
    • Calendar hacks that show you how to earn more and work less by saving you HOURS of time each week
    • One of the business systems you absolutely need if you want to run your company like a 7-figure entrepreneur


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Kate


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Winning Formula for Lasting Success | Jordan Harbinger Nov 01, 2022

    As an online entrepreneur trying to grow a business, what does success look like for you?

    For most of us, it’s not about a bigger paycheck (although, that definitely doesn’t hurt!), it’s also about the greater influence we can have.

    Jordan Harbinger, a former lawyer turned 7-figure entrepreneur and prolific podcaster, definitely knows a thing or two about success, and today, he’s sharing the secrets behind how to grow a business and create a massive impact in the process.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Why it’s so important as an online entrepreneur to be devoted to your craft
    • The REAL reason you may not currently be finding the success you want


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Jordan's podcast: The Jordan Harbinger Show


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal This Simple System to Stand Out Online Oct 25, 2022

    What business systems do you currently have to support your visibility?

    Whether they call it a “visibility system” or not, ALL visionary leaders have a marketing plan for consistently and authentically showing up in their space.

    And this week, I’m sharing my visibility system that will help you win the organic marketing game, position yourself as a recognized authority, and start getting the leads and sales you deserve!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What being “more visible” actually means and how the visionary leaders you follow create their business systems to do this
    • How you can begin marketing and showing up consistently so you will be seen as the go-to expert in your niche
    • The way to keep your name in front of people without having to be physically present online every single day (THIS is a game changer!)


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Social Media is the WORST Way to Grow an Engaged Audience Oct 18, 2022

    How often do you post social media content, but feel like it falls flat?

    It’s not just you... Today, we’re talking about why social media is the WORST way to grow a business and an audience!

    So, if your goal is to grow a highly engaged online community and generate leads and sales consistently for your business, this episode is for you.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The surprising reason you're tanking your growth and engagement — without even knowing it
    • Why social media content is the WORST way to grow a business and your following
    • Characteristics of short-term lead generation solutions versus long-term ones — and which one is actually better for your business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Reasons You're Getting Overlooked in Your Niche Oct 11, 2022

    How consistent is the current lead generation in your business?

    If you’re like most of the online business owners in my community, you have SO much to offer your people, but you’re OVER creating endless social media content that doesn’t produce results.

    That’s why this week, I’m kicking off a new series that reveals the exact marketing strategies our team has used to double social engagement, 3x the growth of our list, increase our open rates, AND boost our revenue to steady five-figure months.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • My personal experience with the organic strategies most online business owners try
    • The 3 major mistakes causing you and your marketing efforts to get overlooked in your niche
    • Why you HAVE to start creating more social media content than you consume


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Are these Sales Mistakes Tanking Your Income? | Jeremy Miner Oct 04, 2022

    How many major sales mistakes have you made as you’ve tried to grow a business?

    You may not think it’s very many, but in today’s episode, we’re uncovering surprising missteps that could be tanking your ability to earn more money and causing you to repel potential clients.

    Internationally recognized sales trainer Jeremy Miner is here to give you the insider secrets that today’s top online entrepreneurs use to close more sales.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What it means to be a problem finder — and why this is so essential to the sales process
    • The key difference between selling and making an offer
    • The biggest sales mistakes online entrepreneurs make that keep them from generating the income they want as they grow a business


    Episode Links

    • Join Jeremy's Facebook Group


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Should YOU Launch a Podcast? | Ken Westgaard Sep 27, 2022

    You’ve seen lots of information floating around on how to start a podcast, but how do you know if podcast marketing is really is for you?

    Maybe you’re afraid of the tech or of not coming across like an expert, OR maybe you’re afraid of wasting time on something that might not be successful.

    I get it, and that’s why today, I’m sharing a recent interview I did on Ken Westgaard’s show, the OMG I’m Launching podcast, that dives deep into the perfect candidates for podcasting (and what I share may just surprise you)!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to tell if you or your business is ready for a podcast
    • My proven strategy for how to start a podcast and how to launch it — something I rarely teach outside of private workshops
    • What you need to do if you want to be truly successful at podcast marketing


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Ken Westgaard's podcast: The OMG I'm Launching Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Secret to Hitting Any Goal You Ever Set | Hal Elrod Sep 20, 2022

    When was the last time life got in the way of you hitting your goals?

    We’ve all been there, but it can feel especially frustrating when you’re a highly-driven online business owner who has big dreams.

    Thankfully, today’s guest, Hal Elrod, is here to help you solve that problem once and for all as he shares secrets to hitting your goals that go far beyond the standard goal setting and productivity hacks you’re tried.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The surprisingly simple reason you haven’t been hitting your goals — even if you’ve tried every productivity hack in the book
    • 3 fail-proof secrets for achieving goals as an online business owner, no matter what life is throwing at you
    • The #1 reason you need a personal system for self-growth and development


    Episode Links

    • Check out Hal's book: The Miracle Morning and his app, Miracle Morning
    • Connect with Hal: Instagram | Website


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Science Behind Imposter Syndrome Sep 13, 2022

    As an online business owner, what are you currently experiencing imposter syndrome about?

    Whatever it is — we’ve all been there, but the thing is, imposter syndrome is NOT what’s actually keeping you stuck.

    In this episode, we’re looking at what today’s current thought leaders are doing differently and how you can start growing your business using this same approach.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • Why it’s NOT imposter syndrome that’s keeping you stuck
    • The 3 biggest fears that prevent you from growing your business
    • One of the most pivotal mistakes overlooked online business owners make (and what to do instead)


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The #1 Thing Keeping You From Being Seen as an Expert | Alex Sanfilippo Sep 06, 2022

    Who’s your favorite expert to start a podcast?

    Leaders across all industries share phenomenal content and business ideas on their own shows and if you’re not currently one of these leaders, it’s time to consider why.

    If it’s because you don’t see yourself as an expert in your niche, today’s guest, Alex Sanfilippo is here to share why that’s okay AND why you should dive into podcast marketing anyway!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The biggest mistakes people make when they start a podcast (and how to avoid them)
    • Two things you need to know before using podcast marketing
    • How to turn your podcast idea into an actionable plan


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Alex: Instagram | Facebook | Website


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What Does it (Really) Mean to Run Your Business on Autopilot? Aug 30, 2022

    Did you start your online business with the dream of being your own boss, only to wake up one day and realize you’re working harder now than ever before?

    If you answered yes, chances are you’re an overworked entrepreneur who’s lacking one of the four key systems needed to build a business that runs on autopilot… not one that runs you.

    Time, energy, and effort are limited resources, so when you depend solely on these to scale a business, you cap your income, influence, and impact.

    But true visionary leaders operate differently, because they know that inconsistent lead flow and revenue isn’t a reflection of your messaging, your expertise, or your skillset — it’s a problem that goes much deeper, and (lucky for you) is a simple fix.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • Why most people don’t understand what the word “growth” really means
    • The REAL reason your business growth has plateaued (HINT: it’s not the ‘fear of failure’ or ‘fear of success')
    • The number one thing you need to run a successful business (that most entrepreneurs aren’t doing)
    • PLUS: the (hard) question you’ll need to ask yourself + answer if you want to experience more freedom in your life and business


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Dr. Christine Li: Website | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Want More Engagement from Your Community? Do This | Deirdre Tshien Aug 23, 2022

    How many of the people you attract with your current marketing are the right people for your brand?

    When you’re trying to grow a business, simply getting more eyes on your social media content doesn’t cut it!

    The key to real growth is to grab the attention of your ideal audience and that’s exactly what today’s guest, Deirdre Tshien is here to help you do!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • 8 mental models that will help you cut through the marketing noise and grab the attention of your ideal people
    • The simple “Honey Trap” system you can use with your social media content to convert more of your followers into leads
    • Why attracting an aligned audience is the secret to grow a business


    Episode Links

    • Join Capsho
    • Check out Deirdre's podcast: Win The Content Game
    • Connect with Deirdre: Website | Instagram


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Use This Rapid Audience-Building Formula to Get More Leads | Christina Jandali Aug 16, 2022

    When you list your top three struggles as an online business owner, does lead generation make the cut?

    If your answer is, “YES!!”, you’re not alone!

    Today’s guest, Christina Jandali, is an expert when it comes to business growth strategies and she’s worked with thousands of entrepreneurs across the globe to teach them how to scale a business using organic leads.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The #1 reason lead generation can feel like such a struggle for online entrepreneurs
    • Which business growth strategies you should be focusing on for your specific business
    • How to scale a business quickly with niching


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Systems You Need to Go From Zero to 7 Figures | Allison Williams Aug 09, 2022

    What business systems are you currently using in your company?

    If you’ve struggled to implement effective systems as an online entrepreneur, know that you’re not alone!

    Today’s guest, Allison Williams is here to help you systemize your operations and grow your revenue, so you can have more time to focus on what you love and finally become the visionary leader in your business!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • How business systems allowed Allison to turn her start-up into a multi-million dollar business in 3.5 years
    • The systems all online entrepreneurs should get in place ASAP, no matter what stage of business you’re in
    • How to fire yourself from the day-to-day tasks so you can start leading your business as the visionary leader


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Write Words that Sell | Anna Powers Aug 02, 2022

    How often do you sit down to work on your email marketing and instead just stare at the endless blinking cursor on your screen?

    As an online business owner, you know you should be sending emails to your list, but when you finally do, they frequently fall flat.

    This week, I’m talking with Conversion Copywriter, Sara Powers and she’s giving us the inside scope on all things emails PLUS the email marketing tips you need now!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to master the email marketing tips you need to recession-proof your business
    • The psychology of messaging and how to use it for email marketing that converts
    • The online business owner’s complete guide to selling more of your products, programs, or services through email


    Episode Links:

    • Get a copy of Anna's free copywriting guide


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Your Business Needs a Podcast | John Lee Dumas Jul 26, 2022

    How many of your recent marketing ideas have fallen flat despite your best efforts

    Marketing and visibility for digital business owners are HARD and if they’re something you struggle with, know that you’re not alone.

    Today, I’m joined by the infamous John Lee Dumas — one of the most successful podcasters of all time — as he shares why podcasting is THE key to making consistent revenue and how to grow a podcast for your business.

    In this episode, you're going to learn:

    • The marketing ideas that allowed John to take his podcast from zero to eight figures in just a few short years
    • The hardest lessons he learned along the way (and what they mean for other digital business owners)
    • How he became one of the most well-known podcasters in the entrepreneurial space — and how you can grow a podcast too


    Episode Links:

    • Check out John's podcast: Entrepreneurs on Fire


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal My Simple Visibility System Jul 19, 2022

    Does your current visibility system include podcast marketing?

    If not, it’s time to consider not just how to start a podcast, but how an intentional, well-positioned podcast can massively change your business.

    This week, I’m sharing an interview I did with Katherine Beck on her globally ranked show where I spell out why I started my podcast and why you need one too if you want to grow a business exponentially over the next 3-5 years.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why I started my podcast and why I firmly believe in the power of podcast marketing
    • How to start a podcast so that you can be seen as an expert in your niche
    • The REAL truth about social media (and why it’s a waste of your time when trying to grow a business)


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Want to Survive the Recession? Focus on Your Customer Experience | Jared Loman Jul 12, 2022

    When was the last time you thought about the customer experience in your business?

    In the midst of a recession, it’s essential to examine ALL of your business systems and processes to ensure that you not only survive these harder economic times, but grow despite them.

    Today, I’m talking with Jared Loman, VP of customer experience at Kajabi, to find out their secret sauce for creating a stellar customer experience, and why this is so important for online business owners.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The simplest way to create more revenue in your business this month WITHOUT creating new offers or raising your prices
    • What it’s costing you (in real revenue) NOT to have a deliverability system as one of your key business systems
    • How online business owners make or break their customer experience and their ability to retain clients and earn referrals


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Debunking the Myths of Online Business | Stacy Tuschl Jul 05, 2022

    Be honest... When was the last time you compared yourself to other online business owners?

    As entrepreneurs, all too often your biggest roadblock to success is YOU and that’s exactly where intentional implementation comes in!

    This week, I’m chatting with Forbes-Featured small business expert, Stacy Tuschl about how to quiet the mind chatter that’s getting in the way of your ability to grow a business and scale your impact.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The truth about online business owners that no one is talking about
    • The importance of intentional implementation
    • Why the word “if” is limiting your ability to succeed and grow a business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Insider Secrets to Conduct Interviews with Confidence Jun 28, 2022

    Is your current interview process allowing you to bring the best people onto your team?

    Online business owners often struggle to find and use the right strategies and processes for the unique nature of virtual interviews.

    That’s why today I’m sharing the interview and hiring tips you actually need as a digital entrepreneur to land your dream team.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Essential hiring tips — including the step-by-step interview process that’s helped us build our amazing team
    • The exact steps online business owners need to set up an effective virtual interview AND what questions you should ask in an interview
    • What a test project is and why you should have every candidate complete one before interviewing them

    PLUS, you’ll discover what to do when you’re ready to make someone an offer, and what to do if you don’t want to make someone an offer.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Which Position Should You Hire for First (or Next)? Jun 21, 2022

    When it comes to growing your team, what is the worst part of the hiring and interview process for you?

    As an online entrepreneur, it can be super stressful to not only know what position you should hire for next (or first!), but also to find the right person for your team.

    Thankfully, it doesn’t have to be complicated and with the hiring tips I’m sharing today, you’ll be able to weed out those less than ideal candidates and find the best fit for your business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • My foolproof, 4-step hiring and interview process to find high-quality team players as an online entrepreneur
    • What to say in your job description & how to structure your application to bring in the right people
    • The hiring tips you need to know which applicants are worth interviewing AND what to do when an applicant isn’t a good fit

    PLUS: I’m giving you the inside scoop on whether you should discuss salary in an interview or not.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How Do You Know When It's Time To Hire? Jun 14, 2022

    Do you know the first position that most online business owners hire for on their team?

    While hiring someone like a VA or social media media certainly seems like one of the best ways to grow a business, if you don’t learn how to hire the right person it can be extremely costly.

    That’s why this week, I’m giving you the hiring tips you need to know when it's time to hire and more importantly, WHO you should be bringing onto your team.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY KNOWING:

    • How to hire the right person for the RIGHT POSITION in your business (HINT: Your first hire should not be a social media manager or a VA.)
    • The #1 thing that’s keeping you from trusting your team members and fully letting go, so you can grow a business
    • How much it really costs to hire someone and the hiring tips you need to make it worth it


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal Our 4-Part Hiring System Jun 07, 2022

    On a scale from 1 to 10, how confident do you feel in your current hiring and interview process?

    As a business owner, learning how to hire the right person is vital.

    That’s why this week, I’m covering the hiring tips you need to know to find success and build your dream team.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Actionable hiring tips — including the simplest hack for deciding who to hire first
    • How to hire the right person using my proven 4-step system and interview process
    • How to quickly assess your current team members to determine if they are a good fit for your team and your company vision

    PLUS: The key thing to look for in an applicant that will make or break any team member relationship down the road


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Is Podcasting Worth Your Time? | Travis Chappell May 31, 2022

    When was the last time you Googled “how to start a podcast” or “should I start a podcast”?

    If you’ve been curious about podcasting and whether or not it’s the right way for YOU to grow a business, this week’s guest is 100% for you!

    My friend, Travis Chappell — host of the Build Your Network podcast and founder of the new tool Guestio — is here to reveal the truth about podcast marketing as a growth strategy for your business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to start a podcast AND how much time it really takes to host a high-quality show
    • Who can grow a business with podcast marketing (and who can’t)
    • What Guestio is and why you should be using it to get more visible


    Episode Links:

    • Click HERE to join Guestio!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    7 Tricks to Stop Overcommitting May 24, 2022

    When was the last time you felt really good about your work-life balance?

    If you’re like most of the female entrepreneurs I know and serve, you’re trapped in a cycle of being overcommitted and overworked.

    Today, we’re getting to the root cause of why you’re stuck, how to bust free, AND how to create a calendar that leads to more productivity and more time for what you love.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Why you’re stuck in the overcommitment cycle that’s robbing you from work-life balance
    • The difference between working IN your business and ON your business that many female entrepreneurs miss
    • How I streamline my calendar for maxmize productivity and ease


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Is Your 1:1 Offer Stunting Your Business Growth? | Cailen Ascher May 17, 2022

    What percentage of the workflow and things that happen in your business depend on you to run?

    You’re ready to learn how to earn more and work less, but the success of your business depends on one thing: the degree to which you build yourself out of it.

    Thankfully, Cailen Ascher is here to show you how your 1:1 offer could be stifling your ability to grow a business, and what to do about it so you can free up your time and start scaling.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The way to know if you’re ready to replace the time-consuming workflow around your 1:1 offer with a group program
    • How the value you’re placing on your time is either helping or hurting the amount you make and your chance to grow a business
    • Your first steps to transition your 1:1 offer to a premium group program so you can learn how to earn more and work less


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Surprising Way to Drive More Traffic & Sales to Your Business May 10, 2022

    If you’re ready to learn how to scale a business beyond 6-figures, ask yourself: What are you doing NOW to think and act like a 7-figure business owner?

    Growing your business to this level is 100% possible — especially with the right mindset, marketing, and business systems in place — but it all comes back to more people investing in your offers.

    That’s why today I’m sharing an exclusive interview where I reveal the surprisingly simple way to get more leads, reach more people with your message, and drive traffic to your business on autopilot.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How to scale a business using the four business systems every digital entrepreneur needs
    • The best way to bring in more of the right people — and why this highly-effective lead-gen method is often overlooked
    • Why marketing your business with a podcast really is worth the time and effort


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Katie and Jeffrey's podcast: The Lighten Your Launch Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Does Your Brand Make People Want to Buy? | Megan Turkovic May 03, 2022

    What is one way your brand stands out from the crowd and makes people stop in their tracks when they see your marketing?

    The truth is your brand (or lack thereof) matters and it may currently be costing you customers as you try to grow a business.

    Thankfully, web designer and branding strategist Megan Turkovic is here to help you create branding that doesn’t just make you look good in your social media content, but that actually brings in your dream clients.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The REAL definition of a brand and the biggest marketing mistakes you’re making with your brand
    • Why good branding shouldn’t cost you tens of thousands of dollars in order to grow a business
    • The surprising truth about those Canva templates you’re using for your social media content


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Secret to a Scalable Sales System Apr 26, 2022

    Thinking about your current business growth strategies and your future goals... How confident do you feel in your pricing right now?

    I can tell you that I’ve made A LOT mistakes when it comes to pricing in my business and at the time, I never realized how badly they were affecting my sales and my ability to learn how to earn more and work less.

    Today is the last episode in our 3-part mini-series on sales systems and if you’re ready to get the inside scoop on how to scale a business, this short and sweet episode on pricing is right up your alley!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The mistakes most people make in their when pricing offers (and the business growth strategies you should use instead)
    • How to put a value on your TIME — an essential part of learning how to scale a business
    • Ways to improve not only the number of sales you make, but also the quality of leads you attract, so you can uncover how to earn more and work less


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Is Your Current Sales System Costing You Clients? Apr 19, 2022

    You know you need to make sales to grow a business, but what is the number one reason people aren’t currently buying your offer?

    If you don’t know the answer to this question, you’re not alone and today, I’m giving you insight into the business systems you need to be focusing on to increase your sales ASAP!

    This week is part two of our 3-part mini-series where I’m lifting the curtain and giving you insider access to never-before-seen content all about sales systems and how they can help you scale a business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The primary reason people aren’t buying from you, and how to fix it so you can not only grow a business, but make a bigger impact
    • The business systems roadmap to move your customers from point A (where they are now) to point B (becoming your customer or client)
    • The sales mechanisms you need to scale a business and not lose potential clients along the way


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What a Sales System is NOT Apr 12, 2022

    As a business owner, what is your ideal consistent revenue, and how are your business systems — including your sales system — helping you reach it?

    If you don’t currently have a sales system in place, you’re going to struggle to make the income you desire while also maintaining a sustainable work-life balance.

    That’s why today, I’m taking you behind the scenes of an exclusive training I did recently for our mastermind students all about sales systems — what they are, what they are not, and how they function as you try to grow a business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The key difference between a sales system and a sales funnel
    • Why sales systems are vital to grow a business — especially if you want to scale to seven figures
    • The 4 main business systems every online business owner needs to avoid burnout and find an ideal work-life balance


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Time-Block Your Week for Maximum Productivity | Ashao FreeSky Apr 05, 2022

    Despite all of the productivity tips you try to follow, how often do you feel like there’s just never going to be enough time in your day to get it all done?

    If you’re a business owner, you’re definitely not alone in your struggle to do #allofthethings and still find any kind of healthy work-life balance.

    But today’s guest, Ashao FreeSky is here to help and he’s sharing how to time-block your week for maximum productivity… and it’s probably not in the way you expect.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The productivity tips you actually need to stay focused on the high-priority activities that generate leads and sales
    • How to identify the energy and time leaks that are causing you to feel overwhelmed and ruining your work-life balance
    • What “karoshi” is and how it’s slowly killing you


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Your Ultimate Guide to Building Brand Awareness | Lisa Richards Mar 29, 2022

    Why has your current marketing fallen short in landing you the media attention and buzz you hoped for?

    Imagine if you could grow a business AND your following with more ease by borrowing from other people’s audiences.

    Today’s guest, Lisa Simone Richards knows how to help you get seen everywhere online (without spinning your wheels on social media content) and she’s here to share her secrets.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The step-by-step framework to build awareness, buzz, and credibility as you grow a business and increase your following
    • The surprising marketing insight you need to be aware of before saying yes to any media opportunity
    • What the “ladder of publicity” is and how it will help you grow your audience faster (without endless social media content!)


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Every Entrepreneur Should Have a Book | Chad Allen Mar 22, 2022

    What is one of the greatest business ideas you’ve learned from a book?

    If you’re like me, it may be hard to choose just *ONE* because you’ve gained SO many phenomenal business growth strategies through reading.

    Well, today’s guest, Chad Allen, is here to share why authoring a book of your own is THE best way to grow a business and set yourself apart as an authority in your niche.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why putting your business ideas and knowledge into a book is the key to unlocking hard-to-reach media opportunities
    • The reason authoring a book is one of the surest business growth strategies AND best ways to be seen as an expert
    • The practical tips you need to get writing, so you can grow a business now


    Episode Links:

    • Speaking of books, be sure to grab a copy of Your First 1000 Copies by Tim Grahl that Chad spoke about in this interview!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal this Simple Secret to Increase Your Sales | Bryan Kramer Mar 15, 2022

    When was the last time you saw someone sharing supposed “sales secrets” that could teach you how to grow a business overnight?

    Those kinds of business growth strategies are SO slimy and send potential clients running in the other direction!

    Thankfully, today’s guest, sales expert Bryan Kramer, is here to teach us how to create a human-to-human sales approach that is relatable and repeatable so you can grow a business in a way that’s authentic AND scalable.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How to grow a business with a “human-to-human” sales approach that’s relatable, repeatable, and scalable
    • Business growth strategies that help you sell sincerely — even when selling through a screen
    • What “Level 3” listening is and how you can use it to grow a business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How You Can Break the Cycle of Busyness & Burnout TODAY | Garland Vance Mar 08, 2022

    When was the last time you thought to yourself, “I desperately want to grow a business, but this workload is KILLING me?”

    Surprisingly, it may actually be your hustling and overcommitted schedules that are keeping you from cracking the code on how to earn more and work less!

    Today’s guest expert, Garland Vance, is here to help you how to overcome the overcommitment epidemic and finally find the growth AND the work-life balance you crave.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • An understanding of why overcommitment is silently killing your ability to grow a business and the real reason it’s so hard to say “no”
    • The 3 beliefs that trap you in the cycle of busy-ness (and how to shift them, so you can finally learn how to earn more and work less)
    • The steps you can take today to decrease your workload and achieve a better work-life balance WITHOUT sacrificing momentum


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Surprising Reason Your Messaging Isn’t Working (and How To Fix It) | Kathryn Thompson Mar 01, 2022

    On a scale from 1 to 10, how do you feel about the results of your current marketing?

    The truth is you can have the best marketing ideas in the world, but without the right messaging, you aren’t going to reach your people.

    Today’s guest, Kathryn Thompson teaches you how to use the power of words — in everything from emails to social media content — to create instant sales appeal in a way that feels authentic to YOU.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The mistake you’re making in your marketing that’s causing you to get overlooked
    • The surprising reason your messaging isn’t resonating with your ideal client (and the marketing ideas you need to fix it)
    • Why repetition in your messaging is a GOOD thing (and how it will save you time on social media content creation!)

    Episode Links:

    • Check out Kathryn's podcast: BE the Sought-After Entrepreneur Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Insider Secrets to Solving Your Teamwork Dilemmas | Matt Schlegel Feb 22, 2022

    How confident are you in your knowledge of how to hire the right person to support your growing team?

    New team members can enhance your business immensely, but if you’re struggling to find hiring tips that actually work, today’s guest is for you!

    Matt Schlegel has been helping business owners solve team dilemmas since 2003 when he discovered an underrated personality typing system and started applying it to team communication and dynamics.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The most under-utilized leadership tool that will help you learn how to hire the right person for your team
    • The hiring tips and tools you need to make growing and building your team a joyful experience
    • The psychology of teamwork and how open team communication can enhance your team’s performance


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Simple Tweaks That Will Double Your Website Revenue | Michael Buzinski Feb 15, 2022

    When thinking about your business, what’s NOT working when it comes to your marketing?

    If you’re struggling to identify where you can improve and crack the code on how to earn more and work less, grab your pen and paper for today’s interview!

    Michael Buzinski is a best-selling author and digital marketing expert, who’s here to help you tweak your website to work for you AND give you the simple marketing ideas you need to create major impact now.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • His marketing “Rule of 26” that can help you double your website revenue this month
    • How to stop undervaluing your services so you can finally discover how to earn more and work less
    • The way to tell what’s not working in your business (so you can stop wasting your time on it) and the marketing ideas you should try instead


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Are Your Voice Tones Attracting or Repelling Your Ideal Clients? | Katherine Beck Feb 08, 2022

    When you think about your current marketing, what messages are you sending to your potential clients?

    If you’re ready to up your game and grow a business quickly, this episode will help you take that messaging (no matter how great) to a whole new level!

    My guest, Katherine Beck, is a vocal expert who is going to help you attract more of your ideal clients simply by practicing mindfulness in how you use your voice.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why great messaging in your marketing is not enough if you want to grow a business quickly
    • How to double your sales simply by emotionally connecting to your audience with your voice
    • The way to practice more mindfulness in your voice patterns and how to remove the vocal barriers that are keeping your clients from buying from you

    Episode Links:

    • Check out Katherine's podcast: Speak on More Stages


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What it Means to "Run Lean" and Why You Should | Crista Grasso Feb 01, 2022

    As you’re trying to grow a business, what are you focusing on that’s truly moving the needle?

    If you’re ready to get clarity around the business growth strategies that will make the biggest impact, today’s conversation is a must-listen for you!

    My guest, Crista Grasso is the go-to strategic planning expert for online entrepreneurs who want to learn how to scale a business but don’t know where to start.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Crista’s 4-part “Lean Out Method” and why you need it to successfully run and grow a business
    • Why goal setting and planning are the key to scaling and the business growth strategies you need to adopt ASAP
    • The 3 fastest ways to reduce overwhelm in your business and how to overcome procrastination
    • How to scale a business with Crista’s two-part strategic plan to hit your revenue goals over the next 90 days


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The #1 Reason Why You Need a Podcast Jan 25, 2022

    What could podcast monetization mean for your business?

    If you’re ready to discover how your podcast (no matter how new!) could become a consistent source of revenue, grab a pen and get ready to swipe these actionable marketing ideas.

    This week, we’re going way deeper than just how to start a podcast, we’re also uncovering how your show can actually make money for your business!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • 3 simple marketing ideas for podcast monetization — without paid advertising or sponsors
    • The #1 way a podcast can create a steady stream of incoming revenue (even if you just launched your show)
    • Why all coaches, course creators, and service providers should learn how to start a podcast this year


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Ways a Podcast Can Help You Save Time on Marketing Jan 18, 2022

    Have you considered leaping into podcast marketing, but are fearful it will become yet another time suck in your business?

    If you’re on the fence, I’ve got amazing news because today I’m sharing how podcasts can save you time as an entrepreneur (particularly on that neverending social media content).

    Marketing for your business is about to get a whole lot easier — and dare I say, more fun!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Why podcast marketing helps you spend less time on social media content (freeing that time and energy to use elsewhere!)
    • How a podcast can become one of the most valuable assets within your marketing system
    • How to know if the time is right to launch your podcast
    • My insider secrets to create a show worth listening to


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Quickest Way to Be Seen as a Trusted Expert In Your Niche Jan 11, 2022

    When thinking about the experts in your industry, how are you standing out to your prospective clients?

    Becoming the trusted authority in your niche is harder than ever, but thankfully, there is a proven way to find more of your perfect-fit leads (without overly complicated business growth strategies).

    If you’re ready to learn why podcasting is the answer you’re searching for (and you’re ready for an inside look on how to start a podcast!), this is the episode for you.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The #1 fastest way to be seen as a trusted expert in your niche (without super complicated business growth strategies!)
    • Why lead-generation is now harder than ever and how to find more of your perfect-fit leads
    • 5 reasons why a podcast is the fastest way to position yourself as an expert
    • How to start a podcast and connect you with listeners eager to buy from you


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    6 Steps to Master Your Messaging & Differentiate Your Brand | Jen Kem Jan 04, 2022

    Are you struggling to understand why your current marketing isn’t working as effectively as it should?

    If you’re ready to grow a business by harnessing your unique voice and increasing your visibility, today’s guest is speaking straight to you!

    As a leadership expert and the creator of the Master Brand Method, Jennifer Kem specializes in getting entrepreneurs seen, heard, and paid for being themselves. Her methods and marketing ideas truly help brands stand out and captivate their ideal clients!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The #1 marketing system you must master if you want your brand to be more visible
    • The biggest mistakes online entrepreneurs make with their messaging when trying to grow a business
    • 6 simple marketing ideas to differentiate your brand and set yourself apart from your competition


    Episode Links:

    • Get your FREE brand assessment as Jen’s exclusive gift to you for being a loyal listener at masterbrand.me/systems (a $250 value!).


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Build a Business that Runs Without You | Pete Mohr Dec 28, 2021

    What would it mean for your business and your life if you learned how to earn more and work less?

    If you’re ready to understand how to maximize your time (and your team’s!) through business automation and systems, this is a conversation you don’t want to miss!

    As a business owner and business coach with over 25 years of experience, Pete Mohr helps entrepreneurs identify what they need to focus on to increase their productivity and their impact with minimal effort.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to earn more and work less using a 4-part framework that helps you identify what you should focus on
    • How to maximize your team’s productivity by identifying their zones of genius
    • 3 business automations you can use right now to free up an extra hour every day
    • The secret to building a self-managing business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Increase Engagement With Your Audience Overnight | Tyler Foley Dec 21, 2021

    When it comes to marketing your business, what is the compelling story you are sharing?

    If you struggle to identify impactful parts of your life or feel like your story simply isn’t exciting enough for social media content, today’s episode will change your mind.

    As a child actor turned author, speaker, and business advisor, Sean Tyler Foley coaches others on how to impact an audience with their stories and how to incorporate their message into marketing ideas with confidence.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How to tell a compelling story with your marketing (even when your life isn’t that exciting)
    • How to create better, more engaging social media content for your audience
    • Why teaching is a better tool than selling when it comes to your marketing ideas
    • How to position your story in a way that attracts your ideal clients


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Simple Lessons to Help You Better Navigate Life's Challenges Dec 14, 2021

    When life is hard, growing a business feels harder, doesn’t it?

    How do we keep up with our business when life’s challenges interrupt our plans?

    2021 was a dark year for me, and in this episode, I share some of the personal struggles I faced this year and the five lessons I learned from them, in hopes that these lessons will help you avoid some of the mistakes I’ve made and learn how to better navigate and overcome adversity in life and business.

    By the time you finish listening to this episode, my hope is that you'll choose one of these five lessons to take with you into the future of your own business. Pick the one that resonates the most with you. Sit with it. Be with it. Embrace it, and allow it to embrace you.


    Episode Links:

    • Book discussed in this episode: The Next Right Thing by best-selling author, Emily Freeman


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why You Should Focus on Wealth Creation, Not Income Generation | Catherine Morgan Dec 07, 2021

    Did you know there are three surprisingly common ways we unknowingly cap our own ability to earn money?

    If you're ready to break through your money narrative and finally learn how to grow a business and create real wealth, today's episode is a must-listen.

    As a financial advisor and wealth expert for entrepreneurs, Catherine Morgan is on a mission to show you how your inherited money-beliefs may be capping your income potential (and how to fix it).

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The most important asset you have to grow a business (hint: it’s not money)
    • How inherited money-beliefs — not your business growth strategies — may be capping your income potential
    • The difference between income generation vs. wealth creation
    • The 3-step plan to grow a business and create real wealth


    Episode Links:

    • Be sure to grab a copy of Catherine’s new book, It’s Not About The Money at catherinemorgan.com/book
    • Instacart - Groceries delivered in as little as 1 hour. Free delivery on your first order over $35.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Enroll Clients on Repeat with this Proven Strategy | Michelle Vroom Nov 30, 2021

    Sick and tired of pouring yourself into your marketing efforts only to feel like you’re shouting into the void?

    Are you struggling to implement business growth strategies that organically increase your audience and also convert people into your programs?

    Are you ready to implement simple business systems that will help you find your best fit clients and enroll new customers with minimal effort on your part?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY CONVERSATION WITH MICHELLE VROOM, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The #1 marketing secret to stand out from a crowd online
    • Repeatable business growth strategies for getting clients
    • How to pre-sell clients before the sales call
    • Why good businesses systems are simple
    • The step-by-step process you to need to grow your audience and enroll them into your programs now


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal This Simple System to Overcome Analysis Paralysis | Becca Ribbing Nov 23, 2021

    Do you know which business systems and processes you need to have in place when you’re feeling stuck and unclear? Do you have a productivity system to fall back to when life gets crazy?

    If you’re ready to finally break free from your cycle of uncertainty and indecision and say hello to mindfulness and fulfillment in your work again, listen closely.

    Today’s episode is chock-full of practical wisdom and advice to help you move forward with confidence in your life and business.

    Becca Ribbing, author of The Clarity Journal joins me today to give you the four-step process to finding clarity and momentum in the midst of uncertainty so you can break out of the cycle of indecision that’s been holding you back.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS INTERVIEW, YOU’LL KNOW:

    • How to recognize when what you’re doing isn’t working anymore — and what changes you need to make to find fulfillment and productivity in your work again
    • How to identify your greatest strengths and leverage them in your business systems to get unstuck
    • The four-step process to finding clarity and momentum in the midst of uncertainty
    • The way to practice mindfulness in your productivity and how it can help you overcome procrastination


    Episode Links

    • Be sure to grab a copy of Becca's Clarity Journal here!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Key Difference Between Stress and Burnout | Angela Henderson Nov 16, 2021

    Are you struggling to see how you’re ever going to scale a business without constantly burning the candle at both ends?

    Are you worried that the stress you’re experiencing leads you to a place of burnout and affects your overall mental health and well-being?

    Are you ready to finally break free of the hamster wheel cycle of business owner burnout and create a sustainable work-life balance?

    If you answered “yes” to any (or all) of the above, today’s episode with guest expert Angela Henderson is for you.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY INTERVIEW WITH ANGELA HENDERSON, YOU’LL WALK AWAY KNOWING:

    • How to scale a business from six figures to seven without burning out or working 60 hours a week
    • Better ways to manage stress, care for your mental health, and even eliminate the possibility of burnout altogether
    • The 3-step process to break the burnout cycle and get back in control of your work-life balance
    • The key differences between stress and burnout, and how to know which one is affecting your business the most


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    6 Proven Ways to Find Your Flow State Every Day | Niyc Pidgeon Nov 09, 2021

    Are you struggling to prioritize your own wellness and needs in the midst of running your business day in and day out?

    Are you ready to get out of overwhelm so you can finally experience true joy and fulfillment, even in times of chaos and stress?

    If you want to know the secrets to finding your “flow state” every day so you can flourish as a visionary leader, today’s episode is for you.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY CONVERSATION WITH NIYC PIDGEON, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to create structure and prioritize your needs and personal wellness as a business owner
    • The 3 P’s for getting out of overwhelm, fast
    • The science of happiness and how you can use it to your advantage
    • The six pillars of flourishing — including practicing mindfulness — and how to find your “flow state” every day


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The #1 Reason You're Not Hitting Your Revenue Goals | Danielle Hayden Nov 02, 2021

    Truth time: As you work to grow a business, are you afraid of looking at the numbers and diving into the financial side of entrepreneurship?

    Are you ready to finally demystify those numbers so you can implement the right business systems and processes, AND gain the confidence you need to create sustainable profits?

    Are you ready to not just account for your expenses and team pay, but ALSO to start paying yourself a REAL income?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO MY INTERVIEW WITH DANIELLE HAYDEN, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Why ignoring your numbers is not a strategy if you want to grow a business and hit your goals
    • How to determine your annual financial goals (and how you can start paying yourself!)
    • Hiring an accountant
    • The #1 monthly report you should be running as a part of your business systems and processes
    • PLUS, the best software to use when tracking your finances


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Stay Motivated Through Adversity in Business | Kristi Brocato Oct 26, 2021

    There’s no sugar coating it...the last couple of years have been tough. And despite run-of-the-mill work life balance tips you’ve tried to implement, it can feel hard to stay motivated.

    So let me ask you... are you ready to learn the REAL work life balance tips you need to thrive — even in face of adversity?

    Are you craving business systems and processes that will actually help you lean into the growth that’s possible despite the world being turned upside down? (Instead of going through the motions as though it’s all “business as usual.”)

    If this has you saying, “YES!!! THIS IS WHAT I NEED!”, then you’re gonna love what our guest, Kristi Brocato, has to share today.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to (actually) stay motivated in your business when things get rough, while maintaining work life balance
    • Why it’s okay for things to feel chaotic and the work life balance tips that will make ALL of the difference
    • A step-by-step plan for reigniting or redefining your love for what you do when you’re struggling to find motivation
    • The truth about your back-end business systems and processes and why they aren’t meant to be static


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Optimize Your Sales Process to Convert More Leads | Mark Colgan Oct 19, 2021

    Do terms like “customer journey” and “sales process” instantly give you a gnawing ache in your stomach?

    Are ready to finally understand how to get the RIGHT people on calls with you without feeling icky or salesy... and know how to sincerely convert those leads into loyal clients or customers?

    Today's guest and sales systems expert, Mark Colgan, is going to help you optimize your customer journey and simplify your sales process, and position yourself as the problem-solver within your ideal customer's world.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS INTERVIEW, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • A deep understanding of the "sincere sales” philosophy and his complete, 4-step customer sales process
    • The mistakes most people make when it comes to their sales process
    • The #1 reason more of your leads aren’t converting to clients and when to stop following up with prospects
    • What you should include in every single sales email you send
    • PLUS, the secret to closing more sales without being icky or “salesy”


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Where are the Time-Leaks in Your Business? | Michelle Thompson Oct 12, 2021

    Are you on the brink of burnout and KNOW you need to outsource...but deep down you kinda feel like it's cheating on your business?

    Do you struggle to identify where you should even begin when it comes to delegating and automating?

    Are you grappling to pin-point the specific tasks that are sucking so much of your time and energy as they pull you away from your true role as the visionary leader of your brand?

    Trust me, I’ve been there and my guest today, the amazing Michelle Thompson, is here to help!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS INSPIRING INTERVIEW, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • How to identify the time-sucking tasks in your business and how to save time
    • The top 3 reasons why people struggle to delegate
    • 3 things you can automate in your business today so you can learn how to be productive
    • PLUS, an understanding of why doing it all yourself is not a badge of honor, and why failing doesn’t mean you’re a failure


    Episode Links:

    • Psycho-Cybernetics by Maxwell Maltz
    • Time Audit Spreadsheet: awesomeoutsourcing.com/task-discovery


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What NOT to Outsource | Meredith McCarty Oct 05, 2021

    Are you currently drowning in tasks for your business? So much so that you’re left feeling less like the Visionary Leader of your brand and more like the doer of #allofthethings?

    Are you ready to finally spend some quality time ON your business rather than focusing every spare moment IN your business? Do you know what to outsource and what not to outsource?

    Look, you KNOW it’s past time to outsource, but you still feel unclear about where to begin or what you can take off of your plate. Thankfully, that’s where my guest today and outsourcing expert Meridith McCarty comes in!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The first thing you should outsource as a biz owner — PLUS, the thing(s) you should never outsource
    • What a time audit is and why you need one ASAP
    • How outsourcing can hold you accountable to spending more time in your role as the Visionary Leader of your brand AND how you should be spending the majority of that time


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How NOT to Start Your Workday | John Sherwin Sep 28, 2021

    As the CEO and visionary leader of your business, do you find it challenging to prioritize your own needs?

    Imagine what it would feel like to be as committed to caring for the human being behind your business as you are to your business itself.

    Building healthy rituals and healthy lifestyles into your day is one of the biggest secrets of highly successful entrepreneurs who are able to sustain their business, their well-being, and their sanity.

    This is something you can start today with the help of my guest, John Sherwin. He’s here to share with us the number one cause of foggy brain in entrepreneurs...and what you can do about it!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to enhance your quality of life and your focus so you can do more of the things you've been put here to do
    • Practical ways to overcome some of the challenges that come with running a remote company
    • Best practices for how to start your day
    • How to come back after a failed launch and prioritize yourself and the values of your company to scale more consistently


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    6 Reasons You Should Revamp Your Morning Ritual Sep 21, 2021

    Have you gotten so focused on your business that you’ve forgotten to prioritize your own needs along the way?

    Have you considered that the most important “system” in your business may be how you treat yourself — the visionary leader and driving force behind your company?

    Are you ready to revamp your morning routine so you can truly maintain and build your business momentum long-term?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL COME AWAY WITH:

    • Some insight I gained through my own experience of neglecting myself and the detrimental effects it had
    • The 6 ways I’m revamping my morning ritual right now, and why you should too
    • An understanding of the most often neglected part of your morning ritual and why it’s the foundation of everything else you're capable of


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Pay Your Team and Avoid Fees (Legally) Sep 14, 2021

    Are you finally ready to make your first (or next) hire, but aren't sure how to distribute team pay without incurring fees?

    Maybe you already have a team in place, but you’re tired of paying every single person through different channels and you're still searching for the easiest way to quickly and legally pay your team each month.

    Don’t worry. I’ve got you! This week we’re keeping it fast, actionable, and 100% legit!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • My 3 best tips for paying your team and avoiding fees (or at least reducing them)
    • The digital platforms we recommend (and do NOT recommend) for sending money
    • Why small fees now are way better than a big legal bill later


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Slack Hacks for Better Team Communication Sep 07, 2021

    Are you beyond ready to simplify the way your team communicates day in and day out?

    Are you tired of bouncing between your inbox and your project management app and your DMs and your texts and... ?

    It’s time to rein it alllll in and get back valuable time and CLARITY for your team by adopting Slack for team communication! Seriously, it’s best and it’s almost exclusively how our team members at PodLaunch connect with me and with each other.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why Slack is our app preference and why it should be yours, too
    • The three hacks we use to get the most out of our Slack experience to enhance your team communication and teamwork collaboration
    • What channels you really need in your company’s Slack account and the purpose behind each of them


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 4-Step Interview Process: How to Hire Right The First Time Aug 31, 2021

    You know it’s time to grow your rockstar team, but you’re just a tad overwhelmed by the whole attracting, interviewing, vetting, and the entire hiring interview process. (Okay, maybe more than a *tad*.)

    Honestly, you’re worried you’ll go through all of the time, effort, and resources to bring someone on who seems like the perfect unicorn fit only to find out later that they were just a donkey with a fake, shiny horn.

    I get it! I’ve been there, done that, and gotten several t-shirts. Thankfully, you can learn from my company’s valuable experience today on developing an effective interview process!

    So, what do you say? Are you ready to know our team’s secrets behind confidently hiring right the FIRST time?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL COME AWAY WITH:

    • The one KEY thing that you have to look for in an applicant that will make or break any team member relationship down the road
    • Our tried and tested 4-Step Interview Process
    • How to finally heal your relationship with hiring if you’ve been burned in the past


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Pros & Cons of Hiring Locally vs. Virtually Aug 24, 2021

    Are you overwhelmed by the idea of adding people to your team? I mean, you KNOW you need the help, but where should you even start in filling the role?!?

    Maybe you’re seriously wrestling with the idea of whether to hire someone locally versus filling the position with a freelance virtual assistant.

    There are obvious (and not so obvious) pros and cons to both, but which ones REALLY matter and what will work best for you and your business?

    What happens if you make a mistake and bring on the wrong person or their location in relation to you really does matter more than you thought!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What I’ve gleaned from my own experience of hiring for my team and reap the benefits of my early mistakes
    • The actual pros and cons of hiring someone that lives close to you (we’re talking within a 10-ish mile radius here)
    • The obvious and less obvious benefits and drawbacks of hiring a freelance virtual assistant — both in your country and overseas
    • How to determine the best choice for YOUR business and the specific role you currently need filled


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal Our Weekly Social Media Content Workflow Aug 17, 2021

    Feeling exhausted from spreading yourself thin on social media out of fear of being outshined by your competition?

    Ready to stop sharing everything from your morning coffee to your work schedule to your kids’ bedtime antics on your stories?

    What if instead, you could get back HOURS in your week and finally use social media content how it is meant to be used for entrepreneurs (i.e. to enhance your business by giving you a platform to build relationships...NOT as your primary place to make sales)?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The exact weekly content workflow we use in our business to stay visible on social media WITHOUT the stress and time-suck
    • How to connect with your audience and build relationships in roughly 30 minutes a day on YOUR schedule
    • The secret to batching content that educates, entertains and converts your audience for the long haul--the ultimate streamlined workflow


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Save 20 Hours a Week With These 7 Free Tools Aug 10, 2021

    As a business owner, you KNOW you’re the one holding it all together, and maybe even the idea of automating or delegating seems too daunting to fathom starting down that road... But what if you could start small?

    What if you could reclaim minutes (remember, we’re starting tiny!) in your day every single day?

    Trust me when I say these minutes add up to a LOT of the time you’re wasting in your business — an average of about 20 hours a week! Just imagine all you could do with that time instead!

    Even better, what if you could reclaim these vital pieces of time simply, painlessly, and for FREE?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TODAY, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The two biggest time sucks of every entrepreneur (and what you can do about them!)
    • 7 free tools that WILL save you 20 hours a week
    • Why starting small and saving these minutes will save your sanity as a business owner


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Build Your Email List on Auto-Pilot Aug 03, 2021

    After last week’s episode on nurturing your email marketing list, you’re ready to simply and systematically educate and entertain the heck out of your subscribers. But now the question is... How do you actually BUILD that list of subscribers?

    What if I told you that building your business’s email marketing list doesn’t have to be the headache you’re currently experiencing? In fact, it can be surprisingly easy and actually kind of FUN!

    Aren’t you ready to stop spending all of your time creating lead magnet after lead magnet, trying to figure out what your audience wants in hopes that something sticks?

    What if instead, you could spend precious time in your business focused on what you do best as a visionary leader while your list-building runs on autopilot? The ultimate email automation...

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL COME AWAY WITH:

    • One of the biggest reasons people struggle to grow their list
    • An understanding of why you need to know your numbers (and how to make them less scary!)
    • The 4 simple elements you need for a killer list-building funnel
    • How to finally automate your funnel process


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Easy Steps to Automate Your Email Marketing Jul 27, 2021

    What would it do for your business to finally nurture that email list you've worked so tirelessly to build instead of continuing to put it on the backburner of your to-do list?

    Now, imagine how it would feel to be able to do this email marketing nurturing on autopilot week after week?!?

    You and I both know that building an email list is only half the battle (and maybe not even the hardest half). Because what good is spending all that time building your list if you can’t keep people on it?

    Even worse... What good is having a killer list filled with potential clients but not knowing how to NURTURE them so that they’re primed and ready to snag the incredible offers you’re putting out there?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • A simple, 4-step process for automating your business systems and process, and email marketing
    • How to nurture your list and maintain the relationships you’ve worked so hard to build (without wasting any more time wondering what to say!)
    • The exact framework to implement that’s also super easy to pass off to your team, so they can continue creating amazing content week after week


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Save Time Replying to Emails with this Simple Hack Jul 20, 2021

    Wish you could spend less time in your business replying to your never-ending emails, but still want every person who reaches out to feel supported and heard by you and your team?

    What if there was an easy way to save both your time in replying to all of those emails AND save your contacts' time in receiving a valuable response?

    Yep. We’re talking auto-responders and email automation this week, but not the annoying ones you hate that clog up your inbox without actually telling you anything. This simple business hack is going to blow you away!

    Did you know that we have gotten more compliments on our company’s email automation than almost anything in our business? It’s true and this week, I’m teaching you how to steal our simple system and apply it to your own business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • The skinny on how to save tons of time in your inbox by automating your email reply process
    • The two things you have to intentionally consider before setting up your auto-reply to make it NOT annoying or a waste of inbox space for your contacts
    • A quick, 10-minute assignment that will help you create a friendly, fun and informative autoresponder that’s a win-win for everyone involved


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Easy Ways to Streamline Your Inbox (You'll Wish You Knew About Sooner) Jul 13, 2021

    Have you ever caught yourself fantasizing about pausing your inbox so no one could bother you?

    Have you daydreamed about what it would be like to really free yourself from the distracting, time-suck that is all things email?

    Luckily, there IS a simple business system that can stop you from wasting so much valuable time on your email and keep you from being a slave to your notifications.

    Not only that but this easy way of systematizing and streamlining your inbox can give you back an extra 10 or more hours in your week! This is not a joke or a drill.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TODAY, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • One of my all-time favorite tools as a small business owner that will revolutionize your way of doing email
    • The top three features of this incredible, time-saving tool, and why they will be a game-changer for you
    • The real reason you waste so much time in your inbox
    • How business systems like this support you as a visionary leader, streamline your business, AND how you can work with me to go even deeper and create the freedom and impact you’re truly craving


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Overwhelmed by an Overbooked Calendar? Do This Jul 06, 2021

    If you run an online business and feel constantly overwhelmed by all you have to do when it comes to business growth strategies and like there’s never enough time to do it, today’s episode is for you!

    In this episode, you’ll learn step-by-step how to identify where the majority of your working hours are going on a daily basis in your online business, which is an essential step to reclaiming more time on your calendar for you.

    Plus, I’m going to give you the exact questions you need to be asking yourself if you want to spend less time on the busy-work in your online business, and start spending more time in your zone of genius.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What's an Operations Systems & Why Do I Need One? Jun 29, 2021

    Wish you knew how to do a better job of streamlining your business operations?

    Tired of wasting time and money hiring and training help, only to wind up back at square one — doing it all yourself?

    Wish you could stop spending your time on annoying busywork that sucks your energy and keeps you out of your zone of genius?

    Did you know the degree to which you streamline your business operations is the degree to which you'll experience real freedom in your business? It’s true.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The seven elements every business operational system needs
    • Why growing your online business without an operating system will take twice as much time and effort
    • Why NOT to hire an online business manager
    • How you can work step-by-step with me over the course of the next year to put these systems in place in your online business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What's a Deliverability System & Why Do I Need One? Jun 22, 2021

    Do you have a deliverables system in place in your business?

    Many online business owners are great on the front end when it comes to sales and marketing. But unfortunately, few are as good on the back end when it comes to taking good care of their customers, which is costing them repeat business and referrals.

    Today on the Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast, learn how to do a better job of delivering what you’ve promised so you can create a fiercely loyal community of satisfied customers who can’t help but tell all their friends how awesome you really are. This is the best way to increase customer engagement.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to provide unparalleled customer support so you can increase customer engagement
    • What you’re missing on the back end of your business that’s preventing you from earning repeat business
    • The #1 reason why people aren’t recommending you to their friends
    • The step-by-step process to setting up your Deliverability System and creating a fiercely loyal community of satisfied customers


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What's a Sales System and Why Do I Need One? | Amanda Abella Jun 15, 2021

    Chances are, you know you need some sort of sales system in place if you want to keep the doors open to your business and generate any income.

    But is your current sales system actually scalable? Are your sales funnels generating revenue? Or are you bottlenecking your business by trading your time for dollars?

    High-ticket sales expert Amanda Abella is here today to help you fix your cash flow issues and optimize your sales system for sustainable, consistent growth.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why your sales funnels aren't converting the way you want them to (and what to do about it)
    • The difference between a sales funnel and a sales process
    • Why you need a “customer map”
    • How to enroll more students into your programs by charging higher prices

    PLUS, learn the easy sales skills you need to sell more and do it authentically (without coming across greedy, slimy, or sleazy).


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What's a Visibility System & Why Do I Need One? Jun 08, 2021

    Have you struggled to gain brand recognition for your business?

    In today’s episode, we’re talking about what a visibility system is and why having one is so critical for brand building.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What a visibility system is and why every visionary leader needs one
    • The most common mistakes online business owners make when it comes to brand building
    • The difference between a visibility system and a marketing strategy
    • Plus, an inside peek at our own visibility system and a step-by-step plan for creating your own


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 4 Systems Every Online Business Owner Needs Jun 01, 2021

    Is the back end of your business a hot mess? (You’re not alone).

    Most online business owners lack one or more of the four business systems you need to scale beyond six figures.

    That’s why inside today’s episode, I’m revealing what these business systems and operations are, why you need them, and what it’s costing you not to have them in place within your business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The four business systems every digital entrepreneur needs (can you guess number one?)
    • The key difference between a system and a process
    • Why you’re losing money if you’re trying to scale a business without any one of these business systems
    • PLUS, a special invitation to work hand-in-hand with me over the course of the next year to get these systems in place in your business so you can get off the entrepreneurial roller-coaster, spend more time in your zone of genius, and scale beyond six figures with ease.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Your Team Isn't Performing The Way You Want Them To May 25, 2021

    Have you ever experienced the excitement of hiring and onboarding a new team member, only to feel disappointed a few months later when it doesn't work out and frustrated that you have to start all over again? (If so, today's episode is for you!)

    If you're making any one of these four major hiring mistakes, then creating a team culture of accountability is going to feel next to impossible, and growing your team will feel more like babysitting vs. leading them to greatness (we've been there).

    That's why inside today's episode, we're breaking down what these hiring and onboarding mistakes are and how to avoid them so you can build your dream team with ease.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • The #1 tool that will help you hire smarter
    • The reason you need an onboarding process
    • How to create a team culture of accountability
    • What core values and team performance have to do with each other


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Should I Hire Overseas? May 18, 2021

    Is outsourcing overseas the best option when it comes to building your team? It depends.

    Inside today's episode, you're going to discover the pros and cons of outsourcing overseas so you can make the decision that's best for your business long-term.

    Plus, I'm revealing the hiring process and interview process you need to have in place if you want to grow your own team of A-players and create an enviable team culture that people want to be a part of!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • The do's and don'ts of outsourcing overseas
    • Why you need an interview process if you want to save yourself time and hire the right people
    • The 5 mistakes to avoid when it comes to outsourcing
    • Why not having a clear hiring process in place could be costing you A-players

    PLUS, how to get your hands on the exact interview process and hiring process we use here at Team PodLaunch to build your dream team!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Build a $4MM Company From Your Kitchen Table | Wendy Jordanov May 11, 2021

    Ever wonder why some entrepreneurs can scale a business so quickly, while for you it feels like a tirelessly slow process?

    Today’s guest on the podcast, Wendy Jordanov, built a $4MM company from her kitchen table in under 4 years, and she’s here to share her secrets to scaling a business and staying growth minded despite the obstacles that come your way.

    If you are a course creator, service provider, or a digital business owner who is looking to scale a business beyond six figures without sacrificing your family’s quality of life or hustling yourself to death in the process, today's episode is for you.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The fastest way to overcome unexpected obstacles when scaling a business
    • The counterintuitive approach to spending more quality time with your family
    • How to how to equip yourself, your kids, and your entire family with a growth minded attitude
    • Two practical ways to avoid overwhelm and exhaustion when scaling a business and enhance your overall quality of life


    Episode Links:

    • SPECIAL GIFT FOR OUR LISTENERS: Our guest today, Wendy Jordanov, is offering you 10% off ANY Huggaroo® product! Simply visit huggaroo.com and use code 'EFFORTLESS' at checkout to save!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Growing Your Team 101 May 04, 2021

    Did you know there are four massive mistakes most online business owners and entrepreneurs make when it comes to building a team?

    If you’ve been in business for a while, chances are you’ve made some of these hiring and onboarding mistakes too without even realizing it. But not to worry.

    Inside today’s episode, I’m walking you through what you need to perfect your interview process, hiring process, and onboarding process so you know exactly what steps to take — and mistakes to avoid — when it comes to making your first (or next) hire.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why you’ve been going about the hiring process all wrong
    • The four big mistakes you’ll want to avoid when building a team
    • What an onboarding process is and why you need one
    • The three simple systems you need in place to build a team effectively

    PLUS, hear how we overcame our own hiring obstacles, put the right hiring process and onboarding process in place, and find out the exact steps we took to build a team of A-players and how you can do the same!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Mindset or Strategy — Which is Better? | Jarrod Haning Apr 27, 2021

    Mindset and business strategy are both heralded as “keys to success” in the world of entrepreneurship, but is one more effective than the other?

    Which one will help you reach your goals, faster?

    Find out on today’s episode, where we sit down with performance expert, Jarrod Haning, who’s going to show you the surprising truth about mindset and business strategy and why they’re not all they’re cracked up to be.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to shift your current mindset by training your mind to think and communicate at a higher level
    • Why the way your brain is currently wired to solve problems could be the very thing getting in the way of you solving them effectively
    • The reason the “solutions” out there like self-help books, personality assessments, and generic mindset coaching aren’t enough to help you change your current thinking patterns
    • The simple fix that’ll help you identify your blind spots and learn to navigate around them to implement better business strategies and build the successful business you really want


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    4 Reasons Why You Aren't Hitting Consistent $10K Months Apr 20, 2021

    Are you embarrassed by how disorganized your business is on the back end?

    (Don't worry, you're not alone). It's not your fault if knowing the ins and outs of business structure and the systems you need to operate smoothly doesn't come naturally to you.

    This is why in today's episode, we're talking about the four key elements in your business structure that will move you beyond the six-figure mark so you can generate more revenue and create a bigger impact without so much hard work and hustle.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The four key elements every successful entrepreneur has within their business structure
    • Why inconsistent revenue isn't a conversion problem or a messaging problem
    • How much time and money it will cost you to try building your business without a clear blueprint
    • How to avoid the common mistakes most entrepreneurs make when it comes to their business structure


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Can You REALLY Be Successful Without Working Hard? | Fabiola Hesslien Apr 13, 2021

    Can you really be successful without working hard?

    That depends. If you’re spending the vast majority of time in your zone of genius, is it really hard work?

    Our guest this week, Fabiola Hesslein, is here to help you reinvent the hustle and build an intentional life and business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • The difference between working hard vs. intentionally
    • What it means to be “in alignment” and how it can help you work smarter
    • The easiest way to avoid work burnout as an online business owner
    • The power of your thoughts and how they can help you work smarter


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Story Behind The EffortLESS Life® Apr 06, 2021

    Imagine what your business could look like one year from today if you had the right business systems, standard operating procedures, and support in place!

    Not only would you finally experience what it’s like to have the time-freedom you started your business for in the first place, but you’d also be able to lead your team to greatness and grow your company sustainably without sacrificing the people you love in the process.

    The problem is, most entrepreneurs are so busy trying to perfect their marketing and messaging that they completely ignore the importance of getting basic business systems and standard business operating procedures in place until it’s too late.

    Inside today’s episode, I’m going to reveal why the level of success you experience is directly related to the quality of back-end business operations you have in place within your company.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The #1 reason why you’re experiencing cash-flow issues
    • How clear back-end business operations will help you stop bottlenecking your own growth
    • Why business systems could save your sanity
    • Why the harder you work, the less successful you’ll be
    • PLUS, hear the full story behind how Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast came to be and why it exists today


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal These 5 Easy Secrets to Get Free Publicity for Your Biz | Kristin Marquet Mar 30, 2021

    Wish you knew how to get more visibility and build brand awareness, without forking over thousands of dollars on expensive advertising campaigns?

    Today’s guest on the show, Kristin Marquet, is the expert when it comes to PR marketing and getting media attention for your business.

    She’s going to reveal her 5 easy secrets to get your business noticed by the big media outlets you know and love, all for free.

    WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The four misconceptions about building brand awareness through PR marketing
    • How to craft a pitch that actually gets noticed by outlets like Forbes, Business News Daily, Entrepreneur.com, Thrive Global and more
    • Why you should never, ever pay for media coverage or PR in business
    • How to figure out what makes you and your business noteworthy, and
    • The two critical elements you need to start building brand awareness through publicity


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    7 Things You Need to Know Before Your Start Outsourcing Mar 23, 2021

    Most entrepreneurs make the mistake of waiting too long to get the support in place they need to grow their company beyond their current limits.

    Don’t be like most entrepreneurs, who quickly become the bottleneck in their own business and stagnate their growth.

    In this episode, I’m going to give you the shortlist of the 7 things you need to know before you start outsourcing to create a virtual network, and how to get started if you’re ready to free up more time to do work you actually enjoy doing.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why it’s not actually quicker or cheaper to do it yourself
    • What it’s costing you to solve problems by taking action
    • How to know when it’s the right time to start hiring
    • What position to hire for first
    • The two critical processes you need to have in place when hiring


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Is Online Networking a Waste of Your Time? | Liyani Rodriguez Mar 16, 2021

    In a world post-COVID, people are scrambling to create virtual networking environments online through Facebook communities, Clubhouse rooms, and other means.

    But are these virtual networking platforms as effective for building business relationships as the in-person networking events of old? That depends.

    Today’s guest on the show, Liyani Rodriguez of Raddle, is here to show you a new way to network online — one that gives you the chance to build business relationships that last so you can get the most return for your time invested.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Whether virtual networking is a good use of your time
    • Where to go to get the help you need to overcome any entrepreneurial hurdle you face
    • What it means to Raddle, and why your business needs it
    • PLUS, you’ll hear about Liyani’s $35,000 mistake that prompted her to pivot and create what’s now one of the fastest-growing virtual networking platforms for entrepreneurs to date


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What it Means to be a Visionary Leader Mar 09, 2021

    In today’s episode on Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast, we're revealing the truth about visionary leadership and what it really means to be the visionary leader of your company.

    If you’re hovering around that six-figure mark and you're not sure how to break through to the next level because you can't work any harder than you already are, then this week's episode is for you, where you'll get a peek behind the scenes of our operations here at Team Podlaunch®.

    Even if you're not at this level yet in your business, you want to listen in so that you can avoid the mistakes and the pitfalls that so many entrepreneurs make along the way to six figures so that you don't have to waste your time on trial and error.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The four qualities visionary leaders have that other entrepreneurs are missing
    • The trap that keeps you from being seen as a visionary leader (and how to avoid it)
    • The real reason why you haven’t been able to scale your business as quickly as you want to
    • The number one question you need to be asking yourself that will streamline your workload so you can work less and be that visionary leader


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Science Behind Building Influence | Tracy Goodwin Mar 02, 2021

    What’s the secret to captivating your audience and mastering the science of persuasion?

    It doesn’t matter how good your product or service is, it won’t sell itself. You have to know how to talk about it in a way that stirs desire and creates demand for what you offer.

    Celebrity voice coach Tracy Goodwin joins us on the show today to show you how to communicate with clarity so you can build strong relationships, create an emotional connection with your audience and ultimately close more sales and help more people.

    WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • Overcome your fear of public speaking for good
    • Speak with authority and command the space while refining your communication skill set
    • Influence and persuade more effectively by shifting the tones in your voice
    • Elevate your delivery to make a greater impact and close more sales
    • Use the power of your voice to captivate the room


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Tracy's podcast: Captivate the Room


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Things You Need to Know Before Launching a Podcast Feb 23, 2021

    If you have a message you want to share and you want to reach a wider audience with it, hosting a podcast of your own could be a great fit for you, but...

    There is a downside to podcasting. Sadly, I’ve watched hundreds of entrepreneurs spend countless hours creating their shows, only to launch to crickets and gain no traction.

    How do you keep that from happening to you? There are five things you need to know BEFORE launching a podcast, so that if you’re considering launching one for your business, you can make sure it’s a good use of your time and energy before you go through all the trouble of creating one.

    Seriously, don't try to create a show without listening to this episode first.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The 5 surprising misconceptions about podcasting that you should know before launching ideas for creating a podcast
    • The reason most podcasts fail (hint: it’s not what you think)
    • How a podcast can save you time when it comes to content creation
    • The science behind creating, launching, and leveraging a profitable show that creates more traffic and sales for your business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How this Course Creator Ranked #8 on the Podcasting Charts Feb 16, 2021

    If you have a message to share but you’re frustrated by how long it takes to grow a following on social media and you’re not sure how to reach a wider audience without forking over thousands on Facebook ads, today’s episode is for you.

    Having a podcast of your own can be one of the fastest ways to build your authority without spending a dime on ads.

    But, if you don’t want your podcast to fade into obscurity never being heard by your ideal clients on Apple, you need to have the right strategy going into it, so that you’re not wasting your time.

    You’re about to hear the story of how my guest today, Jess O’Connell, managed to launch her podcast and land the number #8 spot on the Apple charts — without spending a dime.

    Whether you have a podcast, are thinking of launching one, or even if a podcast isn’t remotely on your radar, you won't want to miss these launch secrets Jess spills inside this episode.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What Jess did to launch her podcast and land her show on the charts in between Brendon Burchard and Angie Lee
    • The things you can’t Google about podcast strategy, to ensure a successful show launch
    • Why you don’t need to have a business in order to have a profitable podcast
    • How to launch anything — whether that’s your podcast, your course, or your product, and turn it into a gold mine


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Jess' podcast: The Science of Online Business Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    So You Want to Launch a Podcast — Now What? Feb 09, 2021

    If you listen to podcasts, then maybe you’ve considered hosting one of your own to help grow your business.

    Sadly, I’ve watched hundreds of entrepreneurs spend countless hours creating their shows, only to launch to crickets and gain no traction. And what good is a podcast if it doesn’t get you more sales and clients?

    You can't launch a podcast based on "hope." But you can build a highly successful show with the right strategy.

    Don't worry — I've got the strategy, and I want to show you how to create, launch, and leverage your message into a show that positions you as a credible leader in your industry and creates more traffic and sales for your business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Where most podcasters go wrong when it comes to creating their show
    • The science behind today’s successful, profitable podcasts
    • The three big mistakes most podcasters make that causes their podcast to get overlooked
    • Why a podcast is the fastest way for you to build authority and get your message in front of more people

    PLUS, find out what separates podcasts no one’s ever heard of from ones that get tens of thousands of downloads every episode — and how you can create a show that gets the attention it deserves.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    My $23K Mistake, and What I Learned From It Feb 02, 2021

    I can’t begin to tell you the number of lessons learned during my time as an entrepreneur.

    What I can tell you is that the speed of your business growth — and your personal growth — depends on how well you learn these lessons.

    In today’s episode, I’m sharing a big lesson learned (and one I paid $23K for) that was necessary to propel me to my next level of growth.

    I’m sharing it with you so that hopefully, you can take this same lesson and apply it to your business, without the hefty price tag.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The $23K mistake I made that kept me stuck for almost three years and the lessons I learned
    • The reason personal development alone wasn’t enough to avoid this mistake
    • How I wound up turning this $23K mistake into a profit
    • The secret ingredient you need to avoid a major mistake like this


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Best Way to Pivot Your Brand | Elaine Rau Jan 26, 2021

    If you’re feeling called to do something different in your business but you’re afraid to make the leap because you have an established personal brand, then you need to listen to today’s episode.

    Elaine had been featured in Forbes, the Huffington Post, and over 500+ media sites, and had 300,000+ followers across her social media channels when she pivoted her business, and today, she’s sharing her secrets about pivoting in business and personal rebranding.

    Finding your purpose is something money can’t buy, and today, Elaine is going to show you how to pivot your business and have a successful personal rebrand or an easy way to pivot in business… even when everyone is watching.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The best way to pivot your business when you feel pulled in a different direction
    • How to know when to follow a new idea
    • Why a personal rebranding is sometimes necessary — and how to do it effectively
    • How to reignite your creativity when you’re feeling bored with what you’re currently doing


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Your Ultimate Work-at-Home Survival Guide | Debbie Arcangeles Jan 19, 2021

    Have you struggled to figure out how to navigate the ups, downs, and distractions of working at home and juggling your life and family?

    Whether you’ve recently transitioned to working from home or you’ve been at it for a while, you’re going to love these actionable takeaways to make working from home feel a little more effortless.

    Today’s guest, Debbie Arcangeles, is founder of The OffBeat Life: a company dedicated to helping remote workers succeed, and she’s here today to give you her ultimate work-at-home survival guide.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL WALK AWAY WITH:

    • Practical advice for working at home with kids
    • Tips for scheduling and structuring your day so that you can optimize your productivity and the best tips for working from home
    • The best method for setting good boundaries between work and home life
    • PLUS, you’ll learn how to protect your mental health and energy while working at home


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Debbie's podcast: The Offbeat Life


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    10 Reasons Why You Should Boycott New Years Resolutions Jan 12, 2021

    Have you ever set New Years Resolutions that don’t last?

    Who are we kidding, chances are you definitely have! And there’s a surprising reason most New Years Resolutions don’t last beyond twelve days.

    Inside today’s episode, you’ll discover the secret to creating New Year Goals that stick, and the simple process that makes achieving goals easy and effortless.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The surprising truth about why most new years resolutions don’t last
    • The 10 reasons you should ditch new years resolutions altogether
    • The secret to setting new year goals that actually stick, and
    • The backward method to achieving goals in your life and business

    PLUS, you’re going to get the cheat sheet for setting new year goals in a way that tricks your brain into achieving them.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Future of Entrepreneurship Jan 05, 2021

    I've been reflecting a lot on how 2020 has changed the future of entrepreneurship.

    Throughout 2020, we've seen a huge shift in people moving their businesses online, but without the skills for entrepreneurship that they need to succeed.

    That’s why inside of today's episode, I’m making my predictions for the future of entrepreneurship. Is it for the better? Listen in and find out.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • The shocking reason most entrepreneurs fail
    • The four necessary skills for entrepreneurship (Bet you can’t guess number one!)
    • The future of entrepreneurship in 2021
    • How to tell if your business is geared for growth (or not)

    PLUS: Discover the four simple steps to living an EffortLESS Life®, and get the skills for entrepreneurship you need to succeed.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Episode Every Entrepreneur Needs to Hear Dec 29, 2020

    What is the true definition of success?

    If you’ve ever wondered what the meaning of success is, or how to define successful, today’s episode is for you.

    With the way the world has changed, my hope is that when you finish listening today, you’ll begin to recognize that the meaning of success is what you define it to be.

    Today’s episode is special, because of over 25+ guests who I had the pleasure of interviewing on the podcast this year, none of them had the same answer to the question I asked at the end of each interview: “What is your definition of success?”

    The way they define successful for themselves is fascinating. Today, you’re going to get an insider's peek into the minds of these six- and seven-figure entrepreneurs’ unique take on the meaning of success, so you can get inspired, learn how to define what success looks like for you, and get out there to create it.

    As we move forward together into our new and brighter future, my hope for you is that you’ll learn to stop chasing someone else’s definition of success, and start chasing your own.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Ways to Boost Your Energy as an Entrepreneur | Melissa Eboli Dec 22, 2020

    Wouldn't you agree that having mental clarity and knowing how to increase energy levels is important when you’re an entrepreneur?

    If your answer is yes, but you’re not sure how to increase energy levels or increase productivity, then you’re in for a treat inside today’s episode.

    Melissa Eboli, our guest today, is a Dr. Oz-featured Culinary Nutrition Expert and certified wellness counselor who’s going to show you how to increase energy levels, enhance your mental clarity, and discover the nutrient-packed foods that reduce stress and increase productivity.

    Who knew getting rid of stress and sharpening your mental clarity could be so simple?!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • Four foods that reduce stress and increase productivity that are probably in your fridge
    • The simple food swaps you can make to increase mental clarity
    • Why time blocking and organizing aren’t the best ways to increase productivity
    • Why taking care of you and becoming a master at knowing how to increase energy levels, increase productivity, and gain mental clarity is the first essential ingredient in the recipe of entrepreneurial success

    Celebrity Chef Melissa is ready to dish on how to do all this and more!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Calculate Your Hourly Rate as an Entrepreneur Dec 15, 2020

    Knowing how to calculate your hourly rate as an entrepreneur can feel tricky.

    But knowing how to calculate your hourly rate as an entrepreneur is critical if you're looking to make more money with less effort.

    Inside of today's episode, I'll walk you through a simple, step-by-step process so you can learn how to calculate your hourly rate and know where to spend time in your business to make more money (and kiss those useless strategies for time management goodbye!)

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • Why the strategies for time management you're currently using aren't working
    • What it's costing you in your business when you don't how to calculate your hourly rate
    • The simple two step process for learning how to calculate your hourly rate so you can understand the value of your time on a much deeper level
    • How to recognize what strategies for time management are a waste of your time, so you know exactlywhat activities to spend your time on and generate more revenue


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Fastest Way to Become a Thought Leader in Your Niche | Adrienne Garland Dec 08, 2020

    Wish you knew how to do a better job of standing out among the crowd and establishing your thought leadership in your industry?

    Today’s guest is here to show you the surprising ways you can start speaking your truth and outshine your competition by using your unique voice to lead, persuade, and influence others.

    Adrienne Garland is not only a consultant to Fortune 1000 brands in the media, entertainment, and tech industries, she is an expert in digital marketing, business strategy, and relationship building.

    She has a passion for helping women entrepreneurs and female founders like you learn how to speak your truth and establish your thought leadership in your industry.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The secret to getting ahead in business through relationship building
    • The concrete, actionable steps you can take right now to establish your thought leadership in your industry
    • How to speak your truth and use your unique voice to lead, persuade, and influence others
    • The counterintuitive way to outshine your competition and foster a legacy that lasts


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Adrienne's podcast: Unbreakable


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    A Step-by-Step Guide to Sell More with Stories | Nick Demos Dec 01, 2020

    Wish you could convert more of your audience into paying clients simply by telling your brand story?

    Today’s guest is the amazing Nick Demos: a Tony-award-winning producer and filmmaker turned business coach who now helps entrepreneurs like you learn to master the art of storytelling and story selling, so you can scale your business by telling your personal brand story in a powerful and compelling way.

    Inside today’s episode, Nick shares why the art of storytelling is the quickest and most influential way to build instant know-like-and-trust with your audience and articulate the value in the transformation that you provide, through your brand story.

    Even if you think your story isn’t all that great (or that you don’t have one) Nick is going to teach you the origins of the art of storytelling and show you how to take everyday moments and turn them into magical, relatable points of connection that magnetize your audience to you and compel them to take action.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why despite popular belief, telling your brand story is not about you
    • The most common mistake people make when telling their brand story
    • How to beat your competition by mastering the art of storytelling in your marketing strategy
    • What to do if you feel like you don’t know how to tell stories, or if your stories aren’t all that inspiring

    PLUS, Nick will teach you step-by-step how to find relatable points of connection in your everyday life that you can turn into riveting elements of your overall brand story to attract more of your audience and convert them into paying clients and customers.


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Nick's podcast: The Creative Soulpreneur Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Are You the Bottleneck in Your Business? Nov 22, 2020

    Last week we talked about seven hacks you could steal right now to clear clutter, get organized, and streamline and simplify your digital workspaces. But...

    When you look deeper, the desire to clean and clear clutter is not just about increasing productivity and getting organized so you can focus better. It’s an attempt to fix what’s going on in your inner world that feels out of place and out of control.

    That’s why inside today’s episode, we’re talking about how to clear the three things that cause you to feel cluttered inwardly, so you can experience deeper emotional healing (and so the clutter you see outwardly is less likely to come back).

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • The three main causes of emotional clutter
    • How clearing inner clutter is the secret to getting organized and experiencing emotional healing
    • Why choosing to ignore internal clutter hurts your productivity
    • The steps you can take right now to experience emotional healing, get organized, and get back in control of your life


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal These 7 Hacks to Streamline Your Digital Workspace Nov 17, 2020

    With more people working remotely now than ever, finding ways to get organized and increase productivity is top of mind for everyone.

    That's why I've put together an exclusive declutter challenge episode for you today, where I'm going to dish on seven of my favorite tools you can steal right now to get organized, increase productivity, and streamline and simplify your digital workspaces.

    As an entrepreneur, it’s important you know how to keep your digital workspaces clean and clutter-free so you can increase productivity, stay focused, and get real work done without all of those annoying distractions that suck your time, energy, and attention.

    That's why this episode is structured as a declutter challenge of sorts, chock-full of practical, actionable advice you can apply right now to get out of overwhelm and get organized for good.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S SPECIAL DECLUTTER CHALLENGE, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • The number one hidden cause of home-office clutter
    • My seven favorite tools you can steal right now to declutter your digital workspaces and increase productivity
    • The biggest mistake people make when trying to get organized
    • How to fix that overflowing inbox once and for all
    • PLUS two simple phone hacks that'll automatically increase your productivity


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What it REALLY Means to be a Heart-Centered Entrepreneur | Anna Frandsen Nov 10, 2020

    Ever wonder what it really means to be a heart-centered entrepreneur? It boils down to one of the single most important characteristics of your entrepreneurial mindset: authenticity.

    My guest today, Anna Frandsen, teaches entrepreneurs like you how to work smart not hard, develop your entrepreneurial mindset, and enjoy your entrepreneur journey on a deeper level by running your business from your heart, not your head.

    Inside today’s episode, she’s going to show you how to work smart not hard by getting more visible, making more sales, and expressing the fullness of who you are by letting go of whatever is holding you back from showing up in your business as your most authentic self.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL ALSO DISCOVER:

    • How developing a heart-centered entrepreneurial mindset will help you bring in more sales and boost your visibility
    • Why doing things the same way as everybody else isn’t a proven path to success
    • Where you should focus your time and attention throughout your entrepreneur journey
    • How to work smart not hard by letting go and doing less in order to profit more


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Two Things Successful Visionary Leaders Do Every Day Nov 03, 2020

    Today we’re talking about the two things you MUST learn how to do well if you want to achieve real entrepreneurial success.

    Inside today's episode, I’m going to show you what these two things are so you can work smarter not harder and take your business to the next level in less time, and with less effort.

    I’m also going to show you how to grow a business by mastering these two habits of entrepreneurial success, so they become second nature and so you can experience the freedom you started your business for in the first place.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The two simple habits you must practice every day if you want to experience true entrepreneurial success
    • How to grow a business by adopting these two simple habits
    • Why you can’t expect to achieve entrepreneurial success if you outsource these two things
    • How I practice these habits daily to grow my own business
    • What it really means to work smarter not harder


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Everything You Need to Know About Overcoming Fear Oct 27, 2020

    Imagine if you had 10x the confidence, what’s the scariest thing you’d do differently in your business?

    If you’re an entrepreneur, chances are you’ve wondered how to conquer fear so that it no longer holds you back from doing the work you’ve been put on this earth to do.

    The truth is, fear will always be there. But the good news is that conquering fear isn't as hard as you might think. You can learn how to overcome fear so that it no longer has power over you.

    In today’s episode, I’m inviting you to listen in on a raw, real, and powerful conversation I had with two friends of mine — Natalie Viglione and Diane McDermott — about conquering fear. We talk about how to overcome fear so you can finally experience what it’s to have true freedom and experience more growth in your business.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How being physically present to fear can help you learn how to overcome fear faster
    • Why conquering fear feels so challenging when building your business, and the steps you can take right now to make it easier
    • How to overcome fear by trusting your intuition
    • What it means to cultivate true courage, so that learning how to overcome fear is a non-issue
    • PLUS: The 5 questions you can ask yourself to identify what fear you’re struggling with specifically, so you can learn how to overcome fear more effectively


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    No Niche? No Problem. Do This to Build a Bigger Audience Oct 20, 2020

    Does picking a niche and creating your ideal client avatar feel like a struggle? If you answered yes, you’re not alone!

    If you’re like most, you might worry that if you niche down, you may miss out on potential business.

    Or maybe, you’ve picked a niche, but you wonder if the ideal client avatar you’ve created is the right one.

    Chances are, picking a niche and identifying your ideal client avatar can feel like one of the most challenging things you’ve ever done when it comes to building your business. That's why inside of today’s episode, I’m going to demystify the art of niching down and show you how to identify your ideal client avatar so you can amplify your authority, establish more credibility, and grow a bigger community of people eager to work with you — without excluding anyone!

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The top two misconceptions about niching down and identifying your ideal client avatar
    • The four biggest mistakes people make when picking a niche
    • Three non-traditional ways to pick a niche so you can speak to multiple groups of people at once
    • PLUS the real reason picking a niche opens you up to more possibilities and more business


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The REAL Secret to Balancing Work & Family | Allison Hardy Oct 13, 2020

    Do you have a strong desire to grow your business, but feel confused by all of the conflicting online marketing strategies out there?

    If you answered yes, you're not alone! Figuring out how to grow your business while balancing work and family can feel challenging, and today's special guest, Allison Hardy, is here to help you make sense of it all.

    Allison Hardy is a woman on a mission to help entrepreneurs, especially busy moms, create thriving 6-figure businesses by teaching them online marketing strategies that help them simplify, automate, and streamline so they can grow quickly and easily while balancing work and family.

    Allison Hardy has been featured by Huffington Post and was named one of Washington D.C’s most influential professionals under 40 by Washington Life Magazine, and it's no wonder! Her work is helping women everywhere learn how to grow their digital business while balancing work and family, and succeed at both.

    WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • Why most cookie-cutter online marketing strategies are a waste of your time
    • Which online marketing strategies will help you gain more traction and reach more people, without requiring more effort
    • How to automate and streamline your business so that balancing work and family is a breeze, even as a solopreneur

    Allison Hardy knows her stuff when it comes to online marketing strategies, and she has a soft spot in her heart for moms who are trying to balance work and family while pursuing their dreams. Whether you're a parent or not, you're going to learn a lot inside this episode that you can instantly apply to your business.


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Allison's podcast: 6-Figure Secrets


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Everybody is Wrong About Time Management Oct 06, 2020

    Are you frustrated with time management tips that don’t work?

    I was too… until I discovered WHY most strategies for time management are highly ineffective, and what to do instead so you have more time on your calendar to do the things you love.

    That's why inside of today's episode, I'm going to show you the only strategies for time management worth keeping, and what strategies for time management to throw out the window altogether!

    WHEN YOU WALK AWAY FROM THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL ALSO DISCOVER:

    • The TWO types of time, and how to use them to your advantage
    • WHY most strategies for time management don't work
    • The REAL reason the strategies for time management you've tried haven't worked for you
    • How to multiply your hours and start getting more done in less time


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Build Your Business in Just 20 Hours a Week | Katie Fleming Sep 29, 2020

    If you’ve struggled to grow a business online while balancing work and family, you're going to love what you hear inside today’s episode.

    But whether you’re a parent or not, you’ll walk away from this episode with the blueprint to double your client base, cross the 6 figure mark in annual income, and make a bigger impact in the world and in the lives of your clients all while growing a business online that you run, not one that runs you.

    My special guest today, Katie Fleming, is going to give you her refreshingly simple strategy for growing a business online working less than 20 hours a week.

    Katie is gifted at taking complex business strategy and making it simple so you can lather, rinse, and repeat it all the way to 6+ figures and beyond.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN...

    • The refreshingly simple 4-step framework for growing a business online
    • How you can start making more money working with fewer clients
    • The only 3 voices you need to listen to in your business
    • PLUS the simplest way to figure out your life’s purpose and know that you’re fulfilling your highest calling

    Katie’s also going to spill her secrets on how to help your clients achieve a higher level of transformation, too.

    This episode is jam-packed with actionable tools and advice, so grab those AirPods and let’s dive in!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 3 Key Activities That Drive Real Revenue Sep 22, 2020

    Do you know why most entrepreneurs struggle to identify the key revenue generating activities in their business?

    It's not because they don't want to hone their entrepreneurial skills or improve their bottom line.

    The truth is, most entrepreneurs are so busy chasing shiny objects and vanity metrics that they don't realize how much money they're losing by not spending time on these three simple revenue generating activities each day.

    That's why inside today's episode, I’m going to reveal how to develop the entrepreneurial skills you need to get an edge on your competition and spend your time on tasks that have a greater impact on your bottom line, so you can finally start experiencing the success in entrepreneurship you deserve.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL KNOW EXACTLY:

    • WHAT these 3 key revenue generating activities are
    • WHY these entrepreneurial skills directly impact how fast or slow your business grows
    • HOW not spending time on these revenue generating activities each day causes you to lose money in your business
    • PLUS the surprisingly easy way to create wealth and unlock your true success in entrepreneurship


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Want More Sales? Simplify Your Online Marketing Strategy | Jen Casey Sep 15, 2020

    Do you wish you had a better marketing strategy in place so you could sell more of your programs and products to a wider audience?

    Our special guest is here today to show you why despite popular opinion, you DON’T actually need a bigger email list, a larger social media following, or a killer online marketing strategy to grow a successful business -- all you need is to master the psychology of sales.

    Jen Casey, a brain-based business coach and expert in the psychology of sales, is going to help you cultivate one of the key traits of an entrepreneur you need to succeed: selling with confidence.

    On the show today she’ll help you apply the lesser-known elements of the psychology of sales to your online marketing strategy so you can walk away with a new approach that will help you convert more of your traffic and leads into paying clients and customers.

    Within 18 months of launching her business, Jen took her own program, “Programs that Profit,” from zero to $500,000+ in sales with no social media following, no email list, and no clue how to build an online course.

    She simply applied the psychology of sales to her online marketing strategy and is going to teach you her exact techniques so you can go out and do the same.

    WHEN YOU FINISH TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • Why using cookie-cutter sales tactics and online marketing strategies are a waste of your time
    • How to use the psychology of sales to build and sell more of your programs, products, and services
    • The REAL reason people have money objections when it comes to buying your stuff
    • Why some entrepreneurs struggle and others succeed, even when they’re using the exact same online marketing strategy

    If you’ve struggled to grow your following and convert leads to sales, today’s episode is for you. Jen will show you how to master the psychology of sales so you can improve your online marketing strategy and make more money.


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Jen's podcast, CEO Psyche


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Unlocking the DNA of a 7 Figure Entrepreneur Sep 08, 2020

    Did you know that hard work is not one of the required skills for entrepreneurship?

    It’s counterintuitive because our culture wants you to believe that your entrepreneurial success is entirely dependent on how many hours you put into building your dream.

    But guess what business built on effort alone (a limited resource) will give you? Limited results. That’s why today, we’re talking about the only three characteristics of entrepreneurship you need to master in order to unlock the DNA of a 7 figure entrepreneur, and create the influence, income, and impact you deserve.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • The three shockingly simple skills for entrepreneurship required for real entrepreneurial success
    • How mastering these characteristics of entrepreneurship helped Jeff Bezos (Amazon’s Founder) created a net worth of $200+ billion dollars
    • Why most entrepreneurs don’t spend time learning these skills for entrepreneurship (hence, why they’re struggling!)
    • How you can begin to master these 3 skills for entrepreneurship to turn your business around, starting today

    Most entrepreneurs aren't lacking in ambition... they simply lack one or more of these three key characteristics of entrepreneurship required to break through to that coveted 6+ figure mark and beyond.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Do Less and Scale Your Business Faster | Kate Northrup Sep 01, 2020

    Ever wish it was possible to work half the time and make twice the money? It’s not a pipe dream, and you don’t have to be a time management pro to do it, either.

    It is possible to work less, make more, and live a life you love, and today's special guest will show you how to be more efficient with your time. When you walk away from this episode, you'll know exactly what you need to supercharge your productivity in a way you’ve never experienced before.

    Kate Northrup is an entrepreneur, bestselling author, speaker, and mother who has built a multimedia digital empire that reaches hundreds of thousands globally.

    She teaches data-driven energy and time management tips that help you learn how to be more efficient, make more money, and experience less stress. Her work has been featured by The Today Show, Yahoo! Finance, Women’s Health, Glamour, The Institute of Integrative Nutrition, Wanderlust, The Huffington Post, and more.

    You’re going to love the counter-intuitive time management tips Kate shares today, so you can learn how to be more efficient and grow your business without sacrificing the things you love along the way.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • A deeper understanding of why we’re culturally so obsessed with being busy
    • Why most time-management tips don’t work, and how YOU can start looking at time differently
    • Kate’s unique Upward Cycle of Success: aka, her “secret sauce” on how to be more efficient
    • Practical ways you can apply this exact cycle to your life and so you can learn how to be more efficient and what that means


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Kate's podcast: Plenty with Kate Northrup


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Where Does Stress REALLY Come From? Aug 25, 2020

    One of the questions I’m often asked is, “Courtney, how do you deal with stress and anxiety?” My answer usually surprises people.

    So today I thought I’d share my answer on how to destress with you in a way I’ve never done before.

    Inside this episode, I explain why “Band-Aid fixes” to deal with stress and anxiety (like journaling, getting a massage, taking a bubble bath etc) aren't effective approaches for dealing with stress and anxiety, so you can put REAL tools in your toolbelt for dealing with stress and anxiety, and finally learn how to destress once and for all and get back in control of your life.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • How to know when your stress level is in the danger zone
    • Why stress can’t be “eliminated” or “managed” (and how to destress, instead)
    • The root cause of most chronic stress
    • The role your thoughts play in dealing with stress and anxiety
    • Why some people are better at finding ways to deal with stress and anxiety than others
    • How to mitigate stressful situations that “pop up” out of the blue (like when the water heater floods your house, a pandemic hits the globe… etc.)

    When you finish listening, you’ll walk away with more effective ways to deal with stress, so you can learn how to destress, stop overworking, and find a better rhythm in between your work and life.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    When is the Right Time to Raise Your Rates? Aug 18, 2020

    Wish you knew the best pricing strategies to attract qualified leads and convert the right clients?

    If you’ve ever wanted to raise your rates, but you’re struggling to find the right pricing strategies because you're afraid of overpricing yourself, today’s episode is for you.

    If you’re currently in a place where you HAVEN’T raised your rates…

    Or you’re starting to resent the work you’re doing because you're not getting paid enough for it…

    Or if you’re worried that you’ll lose clients if you start charging too much…

    Listen closely. Because inside this episode, you’ll discover how to put the right pricing strategy in place so you can start getting paid what you deserve.

    WHEN YOU FINISH TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • How raising your rates will help you attract more qualified leads
    • The counter-intuitive pricing strategies that allow you to raise your rates without losing current clients
    • How to overcome pricing objections more easily
    • The REAL reason people buy your stuff (hint: it’s NOT because of the price tag)
    • Why having the right prices will help you convert more of the right clients

    PLUS, get the exact pricing strategy we use here at Team PodLaunch® when pricing any of our programs, products, or services that helps us attract the right clients we love working with.

    Ready to discover the pricing strategies that will help you start getting paid what you’re worth so you can attract more qualified leads, convert the right clients, and finally feel what it’s like to experience true freedom in your business? If your answer is YES, listen now!


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How This Author Doubled Her Visibility in Just 3 Months | Casey Ferrand Aug 11, 2020

    When it comes to personal brand building, have you ever wished you could get out of your own way and simply do the thing you’re here on this earth to do?

    Today’s special guest is the notable Casey Ferrand, a national award-winning journalist and children's author who doubled her brand visibility in less than 3 months when she began using the Visionary Leader Formula™ (and no, she didn't rely on the media to do it, either).

    Despite having worked hard in her career for 13+ years, once she discovered what was actually holding her back from creating a brand she loved, she was able to freely walk away from something good… into something GREAT.

    Today on the show, she’s here to tell you how you can get out of your own way when it comes to creating a brand and doubling your brand visibility, too.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • The secret sauce for boosting your personal brand visibility (hint: it’s not another marketing tactic!)
    • How “Imposter Syndrome” keeps you from creating a brand you love (and how to overcome it)
    • Why learning to believe in yourself is the first step to brand building, and where you should begin

    You'll also hear about the pivotal moment that helped Casey transform her career and build a personal brand she loves and how you can too.

    Casey’s story is inspiring and uplifting, and by the time you finish this episode, you'll catch a clearer glimpse of how YOU can start creating a brand you love when you learn how to get out of your own way, too.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How Simplifying Your Workflows is the Secret to Visionary Leadership Aug 04, 2020

    If you’ve ever thought to yourself, “I wish I knew how to find the right strategy for business growth,” you’re not alone. But experiencing entrepreneurial success is easier than you might think.

    Inside this episode, I’ll reveal the three key elements you need to become the visionary leader your business needs, so you can achieve true entrepreneurial success and start creating the bigger income and impact you deserve.

    This is something I’ve never shared here on the show before… and I’m revealing it because I believe you shouldn’t have to work this hard to experience the level of entrepreneurial success you dream of.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER HOW TO:

    • Get back in control of your life and company
    • Learn to think like a top-level entrepreneur so you can create a greater impact
    • Stay focused on the key tasks that move the needle and implement the right strategy for business growth
    • Apply what you’ve learned so scaling your business is easy -- no more DIYing it or trying to figure it out on your own
    • Experience more freedom and attain entrepreneurial success as well as learn the right strategy for business growth.

    You’re about to learn what most entrepreneurs, course creators, and small biz owners don’t know about business that keeps them stuck and struggling.

    What you hear here today is guaranteed to help you see your business differently, so you can start to do business differently and ultimately attain entrepreneurial success.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How This Nurse Paid off $1M in Debt in Just 2 Years | Naseema McElroy Jul 28, 2020

    Did you know that most people can’t afford a $400 emergency? Few are able to save for retirement.

    The average wealth for single black women in the prime of their working years in this country is $5, while the median wealth for single white women during the prime of their working years, meanwhile, is $42,600 (according to data from the 2007 Survey of Consumer Finances).

    This is one of the reasons why this topic needs to be talked about now more than ever.

    I can think of no one better to talk about it than Naseema McElroy, our special guest today, who’s Forbes-featured debt strategy allowed her to pay off $1 Million dollars in debt in two years, and to save an additional $200,000 since she became debt free.

    Today you’re going to get her simple, actionable tools so you can learn how to become financially independent.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The underrated power of your mindset as it relates to money
    • How to identify your “money story” and begin to look at your finances differently
    • The fastest way to improve your financial situation, no matter where you are so you can learn how to become financially independent
    • The easy steps to tap into the abundance that is always available to you


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    This FREE Tool Will Help You Close More Sales Jul 21, 2020

    If you’re someone who wants to get your message in front of more people, today’s episode is for you.

    I’m going to show you how to amplify your authority, build your brand, and reach a wider audience, without worrying about what others might think, simply by tapping into the power of your authentic voice.

    When you finish listening, you'll have the exact tools you need to overcome your fear of speaking up so you can finally experience what it's like to say what you truly want to say.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER HOW TO:

    • FIND your powerful inner voice to brand building
    • USE it to stand out from the crowd and captivate the room as a form of brand management
    • LEAD with your heart to serve your community, and make a bigger impact in the world without fear of what others will think

    If you’ve ever struggled with what to say or how to say it, you’re going to love these three simple steps to find and use your voice so you can show up and serve authentically as only you can to start brand building and start the brand management process.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Surprising Way to Build More Authority in Your Niche | Jess O'Connell Jul 14, 2020

    Do you struggle to know what online marketing tips will bring the most traffic to your virtual door?

    Let’s face it: there are a lot of people growing businesses online, but unfortunately, not a lot of them are doing it right.

    Rest assured: there’s a ton of opportunity for you to rise to the top of the crowd— and plenty of room when you get there — and today’s guest is going to show you exactly how to stand out from the rest so you can reach a wider audience and help more people.

    My guest today, Jess O’Connell, is here to show you how to take your unique skill set and turn it into a profitable online business so you can make the bigger income and impact you deserve.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The simple framework for communicating what you do in a way that people instantly understand
    • How to stir more desire and create more demand for your products with less content
    • How to use the expertise you already have to create powerful solutions for your audience’s problems
    • How to stop hiding, get out of your own way, and learn the science behind good marketing so you can stop hearing crickets and start getting clients


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Jess' podcast: The Science of Online Business Podcast


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Want to Overcome Self-Doubt? Listen Up! Jul 07, 2020

    What if you knew how to stop self doubt in its tracks?

    Imagine if every time you set out to launch a new product or get on a call with a potential new client, you didn’t hear that voice in your head saying… “who are you to be doing this?”

    Imagine if you approached your business with the self-confidence of a 7 figure entrepreneur, and never questioned your abilities, your level of expertise, or your self worth ever again.

    What would this make possible in your business?

    Today, I’m going to show you how to trade in that voice of self doubt for the voice of unshakeable confidence and belief in yourself.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The major reason WHY most entrepreneurs struggle during the first 2 - 5 years of business
    • Why imposter syndrome is a good thing
    • The counter-intuitive way to build unshakable confidence in yourself
    • How to use unpleasant emotions to your advantage and overcome self-doubt for good

    Because what if overcoming self doubt wasn’t about learning how to gain MORE confidence… what if it’s about discovering the confidence that’s already inside of you?


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    What to do When Your Partner Won't Grow With You | Janelle Fraser Jun 30, 2020

    Have you ever struggled to get your spouse or significant other to join you on your journey of personal growth?

    Today’s special guest, Janelle Fraser helps couples navigate communication, intimacy, and the ups and downs of life together.

    As a relationship and intimacy expert, Janelle helps couples grow together in their personal partnerships, so you can reconnect with the person you love and feel like you did when you said “I do.”

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • The cost of busy-ness and burnout on your personal partnerships and relationships
    • What to do when you’re on a journey of growth and your partner is not
    • How to be fully present in your personal relationships, and do successful, meaningful work without sacrificing one for the other


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Reach Any Goal You Ever Set, FAST Jun 23, 2020

    One of the most common complaints I hear from struggling entrepreneurs is that they don’t know how to identify the right steps to reach goals.

    And when it comes to goal setting, there’s a lot of misleading info out there.

    How would it feel if every time you set a goal, you were crystal clear on the exact steps you needed to take, already outlined in a simple plan that you execute to hit them?

    Inside today’s episode, I’m going to show you the shockingly simple steps to hit any goal in life you’ve ever set.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The 5 questions you must ask yourself before setting any goal
    • How to silence that nagging voice in your head that tries to convince you your goals aren't realistic
    • Why not hitting your goals in your desired time frame means nothing about you
    • PLUS the specific, goal-setting tools you need to hit any goal you ever dream of -- yes, really.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Steal These Targeted Marketing Strategies for Your Next Launch | Zach Spuckler Jun 16, 2020

    Figuring out which targeted marketing strategies are right for your business can feel overwhelming and confusing.

    Zach Spuckler, our guest today, is a Facebook Ads expert and digital marketing strategist who’s here to show you the only targeted marketing strategies for your marketing plans you need to reach a wider audience, without spending a fortune.

    After founding Heart Soul & Hustle and making 1.5 million dollars in online courses and coaching sales, Zach knows his way around Facebook Ads, marketing plans, and product launches.

    He's now the chief marketing extraordinaire at his Facebook Ads & Consulting Agency where he works with his clients to achieve multi-six-figure launches and helps them figure out which marketing plans and strategies are best to fill their marketing funnel and grow their customer base.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How to predict which marketing plans and targeted marketing strategies will be most effective for your business
    • Are Facebook Ads really worth my time and money?
    • How to crush your next launch with Facebook Ads and targeted marketing strategies, even if your working hours are limited
    • Why the hustle-mentality is overrated, and why hard work is not a prerequisite for your success
    • PLUS, Zach shares his unique take on what it means to hustle intentionally.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Overcome Hardships in Business | Crystalyn Aucoin Jun 09, 2020

    On this special episode of the Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast, we're speaking with one extraordinary entrepreneur who discovered her capacity for resilience when losing her husband to cancer led her to her calling.

    Her name is Crystalyn Aucoin, she’s the founder and chief designer of Crystalyn Aucoin Jewelry, whose mission is to inspire women to overcome hardship and live a purposeful life.

    If you’re going through a tough time, this episode will help you learn how to build resilience, overcome hardship, and turn life’s challenges into your greatest triumphs.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN

    • The surprising secret on how to overcome hardship in your life
    • How building resilience can help you break free from the voice in your head
    • Three easy ways you can learn the keys to building resilience even in the toughest of times
    • The exact steps Crystalyn took to create a five-figure launch of her product line, even amidst challenging circumstances
    • PLUS, how to overcome the fear of launching something new


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The 4 Major Lessons I Learned from Overcoming Cancer at 25 Jun 02, 2020

    Getting diagnosed with — and beating cancer — was not how I expected to start my journey as an entrepreneur.

    When I got the diagnosis, I realized the real price I’d paid for my success: it cost me my health, my relationships, and so many of the things in life that mattered to me.

    That’s when I decided to make a massive change and figure out how to break the cycle of burnout for good and adopt a positive attitude.

    Today I’m diving deep to show you the four, life-changing lessons I learned from beating cancer, and how you can apply these same lessons to maintain a positive attitude through life’s hardships.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The four life-changing decisions I made that changed the trajectory of my life and business for the better
    • Why this unimaginable challenge was not the end of my story, but the beginning of a new one
    • How beating cancer led me to rediscover gifts and talents I’d buried — and how you can too
    • How losing control gave me more freedom than I could have ever expected, and how you can claim the same kind of freedom for your life, too

    It’s my hope that in sharing these personal lessons with you, that you can learn from my mistakes and finally experience the joy, freedom, and fulfillment in life you’re seeking to cultivate positive thinking.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Part 2: Inside the Mind of an 8-Figure Entrepreneur | James Wedmore May 26, 2020

    We’re back this week with our special guest, James Wedmore! If you’re a loyal listener then you heard him last week on the show, where we opened up a powerful conversation on these things called limiting beliefs.

    He shared the truth about what these self limiting beliefs are, how they’re created, and how they can help or hurt your growth.

    Our goal inside this special two-part episode series is to help you take a look under the hood at these subtle, sneaky things called limiting beliefs which are always at play in your life — whether or not you realize it — to help you understand that achieving success is not about the number of hours you put in, it’s about the beliefs under the surface that are either helping you grow, or holding you back.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The underrated power of your emotions
    • The biggest sin in marketing
    • How to identify the self limiting beliefs that are holding you back
    • How to get over the fear of what other people think of you
    • PLUS, an inside look at James Wedmore’s personal definition of success


    Episode Links:

    • Check out James' podcasts: The Mind Your Business Podcast and James Wedmore


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Part 1: Inside the Mind of an 8-Figure Entrepreneur | James Wedmore May 19, 2020

    You’ve probably heard it said that “Whether you think you can or you can’t, you’re right.” And when it comes to thinking positive and limiting beliefs, that couldn’t be more true.

    Today I’m excited to introduce you to a very special guest and good friend of mine, James Wedmore, who is here to shed some light on these things we call limiting beliefs and teach you how we create them, why we have them, and what to do to reframe any that might be limiting you.

    If you don’t know James Wedmore, then you’re in for a treat. For the past 10 years, James has taught entrepreneurs and online business owners how to ditch the “hustle” mentality and create success from the inside out.

    James Wedmore and I agree that your success doesn’t depend on how much time, energy, or effort you put in.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • What the heck limiting beliefs even are
    • Why limiting beliefs prevent you from getting the results in life and in business that you want
    • The two types of limiting beliefs you create
    • Why thinking positive and being more productive aren’t enough to hit your goals
    • The surprisingly simple method to align your limiting beliefs with the outcomes you want in life (HINT: This is which is where things become truly effortLESS).


    Episode Links:

    • Check out James' podcasts: The Mind Your Business Podcast and James Wedmore


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Feeling Unmotivated? Do THIS to Keep Making Forward Progress May 12, 2020

    Have you ever struggled to figure out how to get motivated at work, or in any area of your life?

    Most industry “experts” claim that all you need to do when you’re feeling unmotivated is to be more disciplined and take more action, but they’re wrong.

    Being more disciplined doesn’t help you understand why motivation disappears in the first place, and once you know how to overcome a lack of motivation at work or in any area of your life, it’ll never be a hindrance to you hitting your goals again.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO THIS EPISODE, YOU’LL DISCOVER:

    • The major mistake that keeps you feeling unmotivated, stuck, and struggling
    • Why motivation seems to vanish into thin air (and how to get it back)
    • The one powerful inner shift that will help you stop feeling unmotivated and start seeing results that stick
    • The surprising cause of lack of motivation at work, and the secret truth about motivation that even smart entrepreneurs don’t understand, so you can stay on your game no matter what challenges come your way.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    5 Ways to Ask for Help Without Feeling Guilty May 05, 2020

    Thinking back to the early days of my business with no experience and no budget to hire help, I had to figure out a LOT of things on my own. Learning how to ask for help was one of them.

    If you know you need help when it comes to growing your business but aren’t sure how to get it, then listen closely to this episode because I’m going to show you how to get the support you need.

    The faster you can hone the skill of recognizing when you need help, then learning how to ask for help, the faster you’ll grow — plain and simple.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The staggering cost of NOT asking for help (and why it’s not quicker or cheaper for you to do it yourself)
    • Why learning how to ask for help is a sign of strength, not weakness
    • The surprising mindset shift that will dramatically improve your productivity and help you get the support you need
    • My favorite outsourcing tools you can steal right now (especially if you have a limited budget)

    PLUS I’ll let you in on one neat psychology trick that makes asking for help easier and (almost always) guarantees you an emphatic “yes!”


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Building Inner Confidence for Outer Success | Kate Crocco Apr 28, 2020

    Wish you knew how to build more confidence?

    Today’s guest on the show is the talented Kate Crocco, a psychotherapist, author, and confidence coach who specializes in teaching ambitious female leaders how to build confidence and navigate the ups and downs of entrepreneurship.

    She’s here today to help you learn how to achieve success faster, simply by developing the positive mindset you need to succeed.

    Kate is on a mission to empower women to go after their dreams by first breaking down the walls and fears that hold them back from greatness.

    She’s broken down industry barriers and shattered the walls of her comfort zone to pursue her dreams, write multiple books, and show thousands of women how to build unshakeable confidence, too.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The surprising truth about where confidence actually comes from
    • How to follow that voice inside of you, even when you’re afraid of what it’s saying
    • The fastest way to crush your fear of getting visible
    • The one simple mindset shift that helps you overcome the fear of rejection
    • PLUS, Kate will give you an inside peek at the traditional book publishing process, and share three steps you can take right now if you have a book you want to write.


    Episode Links:

    • Check out Kate's podcast: The Accidental Homeschool Mama


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Part 2: Finding Your New Normal in a Post-COVID World Apr 21, 2020

    Welcome to Part II of this special two-part Episode series: healing from trauma and finding the new normal in a post-COVID world.

    If you jumped straight to this episode without listening to the one before this, I highly recommend you go back and listen to Episode 13 first, because that’s where we laid the foundation for what we’re diving into today on recovering from trauma.

    In order to find a new normal with any curveball life throws your way, it’s important to first understand what trauma is and what happens on an emotional level when you experience trauma (which is what we did in the previous episode), and what needs to happen next so you can find your new normal and feel safe and secure once again (which is what we’ll dive into today).

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • How our innate need for survival can either help or hurt you in finding a new normal
    • The action steps you can take right now to heal from trauma and better prepare yourself for any period of life’s uncertainty
    • The underrated silver lining to recovering from trauma
    • How to strengthen your resilience through uncertain and difficult times

    Now is the time to equip yourself with the tools you need to handle any crisis that comes your way, without falling victim to the stress, and fear that so many others choose to let overwhelm them.

    You might even walk away from this episode with a new normal that was even better than the normal you knew before.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Part 1: Finding Your New Normal in a Post-COVID World Apr 14, 2020

    The global COVID-19 outbreak has caused people to deal with uncertainty in ways they never have before.

    Life as we know it has been flipped on its head. If you’re like most, you’re ready for things to get back to normal and to heal from trauma this pandemic has caused.

    While it stirs up a lot of negative emotions like fear, anxiety, stress, overwhelm, desperation, frustration, even anger… it is possible to feel happy, deal with uncertainty, and heal from trauma in spite of it all, and inside of today’s episode, I’m going to show you how.

    In order to find your new normal, both in this situation and with any curveball life throws your way, it’s important to first understand:

    • what trauma is
    • what happens on an emotional level when you experience trauma, and
    • what needs to happen next so that you can feel safe and secure once again, deal with uncertainty and ultimately heal from trauma

    There’s a lot to unpack here, which is why this special episode is broken out into two parts: first, to lay the foundation on how to deal with uncertainty; then, to identify the next best action steps to take to heal from trauma so you can feel happy once again.

    What I won’t give you is a checklist of things to feel happy, like get 8 hours of sleep and take your vitamins and get fresh air like all the experts out there on the news are touting, because giving you more things to do, (especially with no real reason for doing them), doesn’t help you long-term. And I’m here to help.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL KNOW

    • WHERE trauma really comes from
    • WHY your perception of trauma makes a big difference in how you’re able to show up in the world and to perform to the best of your ability in life
    • The difference between “big T trauma” and “little t trauma”
    • The reason why it’s so important to learn how to deal with uncertainty, and work through and heal from trauma
    • Concrete ways to deal with uncertainty that you can use right now to feel happy, safe, and secure once again and heal from trauma

    Fair warning: this episode it’s not for the faint of heart. It’s definitely not for those who aren’t willing to take a deeper look at what’s really going on under the surface on how to deal with uncertainty and heal from trauma.

    If you’re serious about learning how to take charge of your emotional and psychological wellbeing and heal from trauma so you can find your new normal, then pop in those earbuds and let’s dive in! Then, make sure you join me back next week when we dive into Part 2 of this episode series, where I’ll show you how to find your new normal so you can feel happy and find your rhythm once again.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Overcome Imposter Syndrome, Fast! | Hoan Do Apr 07, 2020

    Building self-confidence is one of the most critical skills for success as an entrepreneur.

    But when self-doubt creeps in and undermines your progress, overcoming imposter syndrome can feel like an impossible challenge.

    Lucky for you, today’s special and award winning inspirational speaker, author, and American Ninja Warrior finalist, Hoan Do, is here to give you practical advice you can use right now to build self confidence so you can do what you’ve been put on this earth to do and leave your mark on the world.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN HOW TO:

    • Overcome imposter syndrome and embrace your unique identity
    • Cultivate and build the self-confidence of a seven-figure entrepreneur
    • Flip the self-doubt script so you can get paid to do more of what you love
    • Start building a legacy and leave your mark on the world


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why Self-Care Isn’t the Cure for Burnout Mar 31, 2020

    When you’re an entrepreneur, burnout is inevitable… unless you’re equipped to take care of yourself by understanding where burnout really comes from and why it happens at such a high rate among people who are working every day pursuing their passion and their dream.

    Don’t worry -- if you’re suffering from burnout, it’s easier to get your mojo back than you might think.

    As the CEO of a company focused on helping entrepreneurs scale their business without burning out, it *might* come as a surprise to learn that I have a HUGE problem with the self-care movement trending today.

    It’s because the "quick fix tips" that are touted as solutions to bounce back from burnout.

    What’s wrong with burnout tips like these? Listen into today’s episode and find out!

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY’S EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The surprising truth about stress, and why it can’t be“managed”
    • The self care practices that aren’t worth your time and what burnout really means
    • How to take care of yourself without feeling guilty

    PLUS: The #1 reason why taking care of yourself first is the quickest way to achieve entrepreneurial success and preventing burnout


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Can't Stay Focused? Boost Your Brain Power with this Simple Hack Mar 24, 2020

    How many times have you ever struggled to know how to stay focused at work?

    ...Googled “best productivity tips” in a futile attempt to improve your productivity?

    ...Heard the stats on why multitasking is bad, but can’t seem to stop doing it?

    Lack of focus ranks among the most common complaints I hear from the busy entrepreneurs and ambitious leaders I work with.

    But I’m here today to tell you that it’s not a focus problem you have… it’s a clarity problem.

    Inside of today’s episode, you’re going to discover why.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL ALSO LEARN:

    • The hidden dangers of multitasking (and its staggering cost to your bottom line)
    • Why run-of-the-mill ‘focus techniques’ and ‘productivity tips don’t work
    • How to stay focused, even when the unexpected happens
    • PLUS: the few productivity tips that are worth your time to maximize how to stay focused


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    From Zero to $3 Million in Sales in a Single Month | Christina Rusca Mar 17, 2020

    Scaling a business based on the belief that you need to work harder and hustle more will only leave you frustrated, discouraged, and stuck.

    That’s because all the small business growth strategies in the world won’t fix a broken mindset.

    When Christina first came to me, she was struggling to grow her business like she wanted to, despite working at her max and applying all of the small business growth strategies her industry leaders told her to do.

    I remember Christina telling me, “It felt like there was a huge gap between where I was, and where I wanted to be. I started wondering, is this all there is to life?”

    Inside today’s exclusive episode you’ll hear how Christina’s life transformed when she started applying the Visionary Leader Formula™ to her business, and how it resulted in faster progress and higher profits than she’d ever experienced from all of the other programs and conferences she’d previously invested in, combined. She shares ultimately her secrets to scaling a business quickly and efficiently.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL DISCOVER HOW SHE...

    • Went from making virtually $0 in sales to grossing $3 MILLION+ in revenue in a single month while scaling a business
    • Became recognized as the top two salesperson in her region and named Sales Manager of her own branch
    • Learned how to identify and let go of the underlying limiting beliefs holding her back, while scaling a business
    • Opened the door to incredible new opportunities she would never have experienced otherwise
    • Has successfully streamlined her operations and kept her business on this trajectory for 2+ years since

    Episode Links:

    • Check out Christina's podcast: The Dharma Diaries


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Why the Fear You Feel is a GOOD Thing Mar 10, 2020

    Fear of failing is one of the biggest obstacles you face when it comes to entrepreneurship.

    For some, the fear of failing can feel so overwhelming at times that it paralyzes them and becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy, crushing their chances of success.

    For others, the fear of failing is a little thing that they’ve learned to live with, and learn from, which no longer holds them back (even though at times it may still try to creep in and undermine their progress).

    Yet imagine what would become possible for you if you knew how to use it to your advantage, like fuel to propel you to the next level in your life and business. (That’d be pretty freakin’ awesome, wouldn’t it?) Your fear of failing would simply dissipate.

    Inside today’s episode, I’m going to give you the tools you need to identify what fears are holding you back, where they come from, and how to shift your perspective so you can navigate through them and overcome the fear of failing for good.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL LEARN:

    • The key distinction between real and imagined fear (and why your brain interprets them the same way)
    • How to tune into your unique emotional response to fear, so you can get to the root of what’s causing it
    • The 4 easy steps to uncover and dismantle any fears you’re experiencing
    • How to shift your perspective, overcome that fear of failing, and learn how to use it to your advantage

    Assuming your fears will never disappear, how long will you wait to move forward? What’s the key to learning from failure?

    We all feel fear. The real question is, will you allow it to stop you, or allow it to fuel you forward?

    How will you overcome the fear of failure?


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Words to Stop Using Right Now Mar 03, 2020

    Today’s episode is all about getting into the right entrepreneurial mindset.

    Did you know the words you speak don’t only describe the world around you? They CREATE the world around you, which is why today, I’m going to reveal three words you need to stop saying right now to help you get into that right entrepreneurial mindset.

    If you want to have a bigger influence, reach the next level in your life and business, develop the mindset of an entrepreneur, this episode is for you.

    The words you think; the words you say — can prevent you from developing a positive entrepreneurial mindset. Whatever you speak or think, you attune our focus to. This slowly develops a pattern of thinking over time. Eventually, that pattern of thinking forms a HABIT. And before you know it, that habit shows up in your life without you even realizing it.

    Why? Because the habit feels COMFORTABLE.

    And you know what they say about comfort zones and change. Comfort zones are the enemy of developing the mindset of an entrepreneur.

    The tricky part is, most of us aren’t aware of how we build our comfort zones around us, because we never realize how deeply powerful our words really are.

    It’s YOUR responsibility to write a different story. And I’ve designed today’s episode to help you gain new awareness so that you can make sure the story you’re writing is the story you want to be living.

    Start paying attention to your words. They can keep you stuck, or propel you forward in business. They can make your life feel heavy, or they can make your life feel light. They can discourage you, or they can encourage you.

    What words are YOU going to speak life into today?

    And more importantly, what words are YOU going to speak into YOUR LIFE? What words will you use to develop an entrepreneurial mindset?

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • WHAT it means to create your reality, using your words
    • WHY the words you speak have the power to either help you reach your goals, or keep you from achieving them
    • TWO simple steps that will help you tune into the words you speak so you can expand the outer limits of your comfort zone
    • PLUS: Three words to stop using right now so you can develop an entrepreneurial mindset


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    3 Foolproof Ways to Structure Your Day for Success | Melanie Mitro Feb 25, 2020

    If you're like most, knowing how to structure your day for optimal success as an entrepreneur can be a challenge, can't it?

    How do you best utilize your time to get it all done? What are the successful habits you should be practicing each day?

    Our special guest today, Melanie Mitro, is going to teach you the essential successful habits of successful people and show you how to incorporate them into your daily routine so you can get more done, with less effort.

    Melanie also shares a raw and real look at her own experience with burnout and how to structure your day so you can protect your most valuable business asset: your energy.

    WHEN YOU FINISH LISTENING TO TODAY'S EPISODE, YOU'LL DISCOVER:

    • The top successful habits of successful people you can practice right now to reduce your workload
    • What it means to work intentionally, and how to structure your day to focus on what matters
    • The key habits of successful people that will help you build instant know, like, and trust with your audience
    • How to show up consistently as a leader for your community, even when your life feels like a hot mess


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The #1 Best Way to Find Better Work-Life Balance Feb 18, 2020

    Ever wonder why the "quick fix tips" for achieving work life balance don’t work?

    It’s estimated that entrepreneurial burnout costs the U.S. upwards of $300 BILLION annually due to business closures. As an entrepreneur, you’re under a lot of pressure when it comes to growing a successful business and balancing work and family.

    Even though achieving work life balance might feel next to impossible, there IS a way to find a better rhythm when balancing work and family, and inside of today’s episode, I’m going to show you how.

    WHEN YOU FINISH THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • The 3 surprising myths that keep you from achieving work life balance
    • The psychological cost of burnout and the surprising reasons why most tips for achieving work life balance are ineffective
    • The key three-step framework you can follow right now to experience greater work-life satisfaction


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How NOT to Set Goals Feb 11, 2020

    Have you ever experienced the disappointment of setting a goal in life you didn’t hit?

    Unfortunately, most people are going about setting goals the wrong way. Worse, they don’t realize it, which is why they keep winding up with none of the results they want.

    The average New Year’s Resolution lasts a mere twelve days. So why is it that most people want to achieve their goals in life, but few actually do?

    Inside today’s episode, I’ll show you the shocking reason why most smart goals go unmet. HINT: It has nothing to do with the goals themselves, and everything to do with the way you’re setting them.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU’LL HAVE A DEEPER UNDERSTANDING OF:

    • How to avoid the common pitfalls that keep most people from achieving their goals in life
    • Why you should ditch the out-dated SMART goal setting method and replace it with these two essential action steps instead
    • The 5 Questions you must ask yourself before goal setting
    • How to remove any potential roadblocks that stand in the way


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    How to Turn $5.25/hr Into a 7-figure Empire | Alon David Feb 04, 2020

    When it comes to setting goals for growth and revenue in your business, what’s your strategy?

    You do have an effective strategy for smart goal setting, right?

    If not, every day you don’t have a specific method in place for setting goals that are clear and measurable (or if the smart goal setting methods you’ve tried haven’t worked), your business loses precious revenue and you lose precious time.

    When you implement the simple, 90x goal planner system you’ll discover inside of today’s episode, you’ll have the secret sauce for setting goals you can measure, track, and achieve faster so you can get an edge on your competition and propel your business forward.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISH LISTENING, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • The surprising reason why traditional methods for setting goals don’t work
    • Smart goal setting practices that will supercharge your focus & productivity
    • Advice on how to set goals and break them down to make them attainable
    • How to achieve any goal you want -- yes any goal! -- in as little as 90 days

    Today’s special guest is the creator of the 90x planner, a unique smart goal setting tool unlike any other method out there for setting goals.

    He’ll help you stay focused and make real progress toward your biggest goals and dreams by showing you how to implement the only smart goal setting method you need to for setting goals big and small.


    Episode Links:

    • Connect with Alon


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    Which of These 3 Mistakes are Keeping You From Scaling as Fast as You Could Be? Feb 02, 2020

    Wish you knew the secrets to work smarter not harder?

    HINT: It starts with cultivating a real entrepreneur mindset.

    To take your business to the next level, you must first cultivate a true growth mindset and let go of the belief that "hard work and hustle" are key ingredients for success.

    I’ve spent the last 6 years researching and discovering the answer behind why we believe that hard work is just what it takes to be successful. I've pushed the limits to see if it's really possible to work less and make more. The results are astonishing, and if you've been searching for a way to grow your business faster without working harder, then you'll love what you hear inside today's episode.

    "Work smarter not harder" is no longer just a cliche. It's a real possibility when you put these key strategies into place and learn the steps you need to develop the entrepreneur mindset of a true visionary leader.

    BY THE TIME YOU FINISHING LISTENING, YOU'LL LEARN:

    • Three massive mistakes that prevent you from developing a true entrepreneur mindset
    • How to avoid these mistakes so you can work smarter not harder and create the freedom and impact you want
    • Why maintaining a growth mindset is tough, even when you're working toward your goals and dreams
    • Where stress and overwhelm really come from (hint: it's not what you think!)
    • The revolutionary new way to work smarter not harder and really move that needle in your business

    Listen closely, because if you’re making any of these three mistakes, you'll continue to struggle to reach the next level in your business and it feel impossible to cultivate the growth mindset you need for real success.


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

    The Secret to Spending More Time In Your Zone of Genius Feb 01, 2020

    Does managing stress in your business feel virtually impossible?

    Have you ever wondered why most ways to relieve stress are so ineffective?

    Inside this episode of Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast, I’ll show you the counter-intuitive approach to navigating unexpected adversity in your business.

    That’s why Team Podlaunch® exists: to challenge the status quo and give you the perfect combination of mindset and strategy when it comes to stress management, so that managing stress in your business feels easy and -- well, effortless.

    When we say effortless, we literally mean creating a life that doesn’t depend on your hard work or effort! Building a business can feel overwhelming, but effective stress management isn't as difficult as you might think.

    You shouldn't have to choose between success or family, work or relationships, or having a successful business vs. having a life you love. I’m here to show you how you can have it all, without having to do it all.

    IN THIS INAUGURAL EPISODE, YOU’LL LEARN…

    • Where overwhelm really comes from (not what you think!)
    • What the relentless pursuit of success actually costs you
    • The‌ ‌counter-intuitive approach to managing stress in your business so you can reach the next level without burning out


    -

    Have a question about launching or growing your podcast? Shoot me a text!

    Liked this episode? Share it! and tag me @thecourtneyelmer

    Love this show? Say thanks by writing a review!

    Want a top podcast that converts listeners to clients? Book a free strategy call

    NEW LIVE WORKSHOP! >> Insider Secrets to a Top 100 Podcast

    Connect with Court: Instagram | Linked In | Website

      Related Podcasts

      The Rachel Cruze Show

      1

      The Rachel Cruze Show Business
      The Deal Guy Podcast

      2

      The Deal Guy Podcast Business
      ICC Pulse Podcast

      3

      ICC Pulse Podcast Business
      مع سامي الرشيد

      4

      مع سامي الرشيد Business
      30 Minutes to President’s Club | No-Nonsense Sales

      5

      30 Minutes to President’s Club | No-Nonsense Sales Business
      Your Money, Your Wealth

      6

      Your Money, Your Wealth Business
      footer-logo

      Contact Us

      Toll Free: 844-670-7747

      Links

      • Home
      • Top Charts
      • Networks
      • Apps
      • Independents Podcasts
      • Podcast Advertising
      • Podcast News
      • Contact Us
      • About Us
      • Analytics & Insights

      Stay Connected

        Privacy, Terms of Use & Our Code of Ethics Protecting Content Creators Copyrights